WO2023106403A1 - Component-mounting device - Google Patents

Component-mounting device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023106403A1
WO2023106403A1 PCT/JP2022/045467 JP2022045467W WO2023106403A1 WO 2023106403 A1 WO2023106403 A1 WO 2023106403A1 JP 2022045467 W JP2022045467 W JP 2022045467W WO 2023106403 A1 WO2023106403 A1 WO 2023106403A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cassette
tape
unit
component
mounting
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/045467
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
寛昭 加藤
美伯 礒端
輝明 西中
Original Assignee
パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 filed Critical パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社
Priority to JP2023566387A priority Critical patent/JPWO2023106403A1/ja
Priority to CN202280056724.0A priority patent/CN117837284A/en
Publication of WO2023106403A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023106403A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K13/00Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K13/00Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
    • H05K13/02Feeding of components

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a component mounting device that picks up components from a carrier tape containing components and mounts them on a substrate.
  • a tape feeder that conveys a carrier tape containing components and supplies the components to a predetermined component supply port is known as a component supply unit used in a component mounting apparatus that mounts components on a substrate.
  • the carrier tape is wound around a core of a reel as a tape holder, and the carrier tape is transported, stored, set in the component supply unit, and the like while being wound around the reel.
  • Patent Document 1 a roll body is stored in a case-shaped cassette with a part opened, and the cassette storing the roll body can be installed side by side with a tape feeder.
  • an object of the present disclosure is to solve the conventional problems described above and to provide a component mounting apparatus capable of ensuring traceability of roll bodies.
  • a component mounting apparatus of the present disclosure includes a first cassette and a second cassette having a space for storing a roll of carrier tape packed with components and an opening through which at least the roll can be taken in and out of the space, and provided with a wireless tag. and the carrier tape of the first cassette are conveyed to supply the components to the component pick-up position, and then the carrier tape is conveyed and the carrier tape of the second cassette is conveyed to supply the components to the component pick-up position.
  • a unit a supply unit base provided with a plurality of supply unit mounting portions having a mounting slot for mounting the component supply unit and a connector electrically connected to the component supply unit, and a plurality of components mounted on the supply unit base
  • a component mounting unit having a mounting head that picks up components from a component picking position of the supply unit and mounts them on a substrate, and a first cassette and a second cassette are placed facing each other with their respective openings facing each other, and a carrier tape is applied by the component supply unit.
  • a cassette base provided with a plurality of cassette mounting portions arranged in a direction orthogonal to the conveying direction in series along the conveying direction (Y direction) and having a second cassette mounted on the upstream side in the conveying direction;
  • a first wireless communication unit arranged in one-to-one correspondence with the mounting unit and communicating with the wireless tag of the first cassette mounted in one cassette mounting unit, and a one-to-one correspondence with the cassette mounting unit.
  • a second wireless communication unit arranged in a cassette mounting unit and communicating with the wireless tag of the second cassette mounted in one cassette mounting unit;
  • a control unit for controlling component mounting work is provided, and the control unit accesses the wireless tags of the first cassette and the second cassette through the first wireless communication unit and the plurality of second wireless communication units.
  • FIG. 1 is a side view of a main part of a component mounting device provided with a tape cassette according to one embodiment
  • FIG. 2 is a side view of a component supply section of a component mounting apparatus according to one embodiment
  • 1 is a plan view of a component supply section of a component mounting apparatus according to one embodiment
  • FIG. 2 is a side view of a component supply section of a component mounting apparatus according to one embodiment
  • 1 is a perspective view of a tape cassette according to one embodiment;
  • FIG 2 shows a configuration of a component supply unit according to one embodiment
  • a first cassette having a space for storing a roll body of carrier tape packed with components and an opening through which at least the roll body can be taken in and out of the space, and provided with a wireless tag;
  • the second cassette and the carrier tape of the first cassette are conveyed to supply the components to the component pick-up position, and the carrier tape of the second cassette is conveyed following the carrier tape to supply the components to the component pick-up position.
  • a component supply unit a component supply unit; a supply unit base provided with a plurality of supply unit mounting portions having a mounting slot for mounting the component supply unit and a connector electrically connected to the component supply unit; A component mounting section having a mounting head for picking up components from the component picking position of the component supply unit and mounting them on the substrate, and the first cassette and the second cassette are placed in a carrier by the component supply unit with their respective openings facing each other.
  • a cassette base provided with a plurality of cassette mounting portions arranged in series along the tape transport direction (Y direction) and arranged in a direction orthogonal to the transport direction for mounting a second cassette arranged upstream in the transport direction.
  • a first wireless communication unit arranged in one-to-one correspondence with the cassette loading unit and communicating with the wireless tag of the first cassette loaded in one cassette loading unit;
  • a second wireless communication unit arranged to correspond to each other and communicating with a wireless tag of a second cassette mounted in one cassette mounting unit, and a component supply unit and a component mounting unit connected to the connector are controlled and mounted.
  • a component mounting comprising a control unit for controlling component mounting work by the head, wherein the control unit accesses the wireless tags of the first cassette and the second cassette through the first wireless communication unit and the plurality of second wireless communication units.
  • the control unit accesses the wireless tags of the first cassette and the second cassette through the first wireless communication unit and the second wireless communication unit, so that the roll body moves from the first cassette to the second cassette. Traceability can be ensured.
  • control unit transmits the wireless tag of the first cassette through the first wireless communication unit in conjunction with the component supply unit starting to transport the carrier tape from the second cassette. to update information stored in a component mounting apparatus according to the first aspect.
  • the control unit when updating the information of the wireless tag of the first cassette, the control unit reads the information of the wireless tag of the second cassette via the second wireless communication unit.
  • the component mounting apparatus according to the second aspect is provided, which copies by
  • the control unit selects communication destinations based on connection information individually assigned to the plurality of connectors, the plurality of first wireless communication units, and the plurality of second wireless communication units.
  • a storage unit that stores connection information that is selected and associates connection information of one first wireless communication unit and connection information of one second wireless communication unit with connection information of one connector; , provides a component mounting apparatus according to the first aspect.
  • the control unit when the control unit receives a signal indicating that the component supply unit has started conveying the carrier tape from the second cassette, the control unit communicates with the first wireless communication unit associated with the component supply unit.
  • the second wireless communication unit is specified based on the connection information, the specified second wireless communication unit reads the information of the wireless tag of the second cassette, and the information read from the wireless tag of the second cassette is specified.
  • the component mounting apparatus writes to the wireless tag of the first cassette through the first wireless communication unit.
  • FIG. 1 is a side view of a main part of a component mounting device equipped with a tape cassette.
  • FIG. 2 is a side view of the component supply section of the component mounting apparatus.
  • the component mounting device 1 is a device that repeatedly performs a series of component mounting operations of mounting components 5 on a board 4 brought in from another device in an upstream process and carrying it out to another device in a downstream process.
  • the component mounting apparatus 1 includes a main body portion 2 and a component supply portion 3 .
  • the body section 2 includes a base 11, a substrate transfer section 12, a mounting head 13, and a head moving mechanism 14.
  • the main unit 2 also includes a monitor 15, an operation unit 16, and a main unit control unit 17 (not shown in FIG. 1) (see FIG. 22).
  • the substrate transfer section 12 has a conveyor mechanism, and horizontally transfers the substrate 4 received from the apparatus of the upstream process and positions it at a predetermined working position.
  • the direction in which the substrate 4 is conveyed in the component mounting apparatus 1 is the X direction (horizontal direction), and the vertical direction is the Z direction.
  • a direction perpendicular to both the X direction and the Z direction is defined as the Y direction (front-rear direction).
  • the mounting head 13 has a plurality of downwardly extending nozzles 13a, and a vacuum suction force for sucking the component 5 is generated at the lower end of each nozzle 13a.
  • the head moving mechanism 14 has an XY table, for example, and moves the mounting head 13 within the XY plane.
  • the component supply unit 3 includes a carriage 21, a tape cassette 22, and a component supply unit 23.
  • the tape cassette 22 is configured to store a roll body 25 in which a carrier tape 24 is wound in a disc shape without a core (see FIG. 6). Thus, the tape cassette 22 handles the roll body 25 which is not wound on the reel.
  • a wireless tag 28 is attached to the tape cassette 22 with component information of the stored roll body 25 recorded thereon.
  • the part information recorded in the wireless tag 28 is also rewritten every time the roll body 25 to be accommodated is changed.
  • the base 11 includes a pair of carriage holding portions 11a that extend rearward and are arranged facing each other in the X direction.
  • the pair of carriage holding portions 11 a are members that fix the carriage 21 to the base 11 by sandwiching and holding the carriage 21 adjacent to the base 11 from the left and right sides.
  • a supply unit base 31 is provided on the top of the carriage 21.
  • a mounting slot 31a for mounting the component supply unit 23 is provided on the upper surface of the supply unit base 31 so as to extend in the Y direction.
  • the component supply unit 23 supplies the component 5 to the mounting head 13 of the component mounting apparatus 1, and is, for example, a tape feeder.
  • the component supply unit 23 can be attached to the supply unit base 31 by sliding the slide projection 23e (FIG. 5) provided on the lower surface of the component supply unit 23 into the attachment slot 31a of the supply unit base 31.
  • the supply unit base 31 is provided with a plurality of mounting slots 31a arranged side by side in the X direction. As a result, a plurality of component supply units 23 can be mounted side by side in the X direction on the supply unit base 31 .
  • a plurality of unit base side connectors 30 are attached to the rear surface of the supply unit base 31 .
  • One unit base side connector 30 is arranged at a position overlapping the extension line of one mounting slot 31a.
  • the component supply unit 23 has a unit-side connector 65 (see FIG. 8), and when it is mounted in the mounting slot 31a, the unit-side connector 65 and the unit base-side connector 30 are connected.
  • the supply unit base 31 has a structure including a plurality of supply unit mounting portions 31b (illustrated by dashed lines in FIGS. 3 and 4) for mounting the component supply unit 23 thereon.
  • one supply unit mounting portion 31b includes one mounting slot 31a and unit base side connector 30.
  • the carriage 21 of the present embodiment has a mounting slot 31a for mounting the component supply unit 23 and a connector (unit base side connector 30) electrically connected to the component supply unit 23.
  • a supply unit base 31 having a plurality of portions 31b is provided.
  • the carriage 21 has a carriage base 32 that is movable on the floor 20.
  • the carriage base 32 has a column 32a for supporting the supply unit base 31 from below at its front portion (right side), and a cassette mounting table 33 formed in a flat plate shape as a whole at its rear portion (left side). ing.
  • the carriage 21 is configured to hold a plurality of tape cassettes 22 in a space sandwiched between the supply unit base 31 and the cassette mounting table 33 .
  • a pair of lower brackets 34 projecting upward are provided on the carriage base 32 at an intermediate portion in the front-rear direction so as to face each other in the X direction. Both ends of a lower support bar 35 extending in the X direction are supported by the pair of lower brackets 34 .
  • a pair of upper brackets 36 projecting and extending downward are arranged side by side at intervals in the X direction.
  • An upper support bar 37 extending in the X direction is supported by the plurality of upper brackets 36 so as to penetrate them.
  • the upper support bar 37 extends parallel to the lower support bar 35 above the lower support bar 35 .
  • the carriage 21 is configured to be able to hold a plurality of tape cassettes 22 in a space sandwiched between the supply unit base 31 and the cassette mounting table 33.
  • the carriage 21 has a cassette base 46 composed of a cassette mounting table 33, a lower support bar 35, and an upper support bar 37.
  • the cassette base 46 holds a plurality of tape cassettes 22.
  • the cassette base 46 has a plurality of cassette mounting portions 46a.
  • a plurality of cassette mounting portions 46 a are provided along the X direction, and are divided in the X direction by the upper bracket 36 .
  • the carriage 21 is provided with a supply unit base provided with a plurality of supply unit mounting portions 31b having mounting slots 31a for mounting the component supply units 23 and unit base side connectors 30 electrically connected to the component supply units 23. 31, and a cassette base 46 having a plurality of cassette mounting portions 46a arranged along the X direction.
  • Each component supply unit 23 attached to the supply unit base 31 is a so-called auto-load feeder, and a carrier tape 24 inserted into a tape inlet 23a (FIG. 1) provided at the rear end of the component supply unit 23 is forwardly loaded. Then, the component 5 held by the carrier tape is supplied to the component supply port 23b at a predetermined position.
  • a carrier tape 24 (next tape 24b) to be used next to the current tape 24a is provided separately from the carrier tape 24 (current tape 24a) currently conveyed by the component supply unit 23. ), and when the parts on the current tape 24a run out, the current tape 24a is discharged, the next tape 24b is automatically conveyed, and the parts 5 held on the next tape 24b are supplied to the part supply port 23b. do.
  • the tape cassette 22 is used in two usage patterns in this embodiment.
  • the first type of use is used as a receiving portion for the roll body 25 of the current tape 24a, and is mounted across the carriage base 32 and the cassette mounting table 33.
  • the tape cassette 22 used as a receiving portion for the roll 25 of the current tape 24a is hereinafter referred to as a "receiving cassette 22A" (FIGS. 1 and 2).
  • a second mode of use of the tape cassette 22 is that it is used as a storage device for storing a roll body 25 of the next tape 24b, which is a supplementary carrier tape 24 to be used after the current tape 24a runs out of parts. and is mounted on the cassette mounting table 33 .
  • the tape cassette 22 used as a storage device for the roll body 25 of the next tape 24b is hereinafter referred to as a "storage cassette 22B" (FIGS. 1 and 2).
  • the receiving cassette 22A and the storage cassette 22B are tape cassettes 22 having the same structure.
  • the receiving cassette 22A and the storage cassette 22B use tape cassettes 22 having the same structure.
  • the tape cassette 22 is used as the receiving cassette 22A, it is mounted upside down on the cassette mounting portion 46a. do.
  • the leading end of the carrier tape 24 (next tape 24b) pulled out from the roll body 25 in the storage cassette 22B is inserted into the tape inlet 23a of the component supply unit 23 before the current tape 24a runs out of components. be able to.
  • the component supply unit 23 detects that the end of the current tape 24a has passed a predetermined position in the component supply unit 23, it starts conveying the next tape 24b. Thereby, the components 5 are continuously supplied to the component mounting apparatus 1 .
  • the component supply unit 23 pulls out the carrier tape 24 from the roll body 25 of the receiving cassette 22A, supplies the components 5 to the mounting head 13, and pulls out the carrier tape 24 from the roll body 25 of the storage cassette 22B following the carrier tape 24. to supply the component 5 to the mounting head 13.
  • the board transfer section 12 When the component mounting apparatus 1 performs the component mounting work, first, the board transfer section 12 operates to bring in the board 4 from the outside and position it at a predetermined work position.
  • the component supply unit 23 supplies the component 5 to the component supply port 23b, and the head moving mechanism 14 moves the mounting head 13 in conjunction with the mounting. Repeat turns.
  • the mounting head 13 moves to a position above the component supply unit 23 and picks up the component 5 with the nozzle 13a. perform a series of actions to When all the components 5 to be mounted on the board 4 are mounted by repeating the mounting turns, the board transfer section 12 is operated to unload the board 4 to the equipment in the downstream process. This completes the component mounting work for each board 4 .
  • the tape cassette 22 has a storage section 41, and a shutter 42 and a wireless tag 28 as a regulation section provided in the storage section 41.
  • the storage unit 41 includes a U-shaped frame 43 (see also FIG. 18) and a pair of plate members (side plates 44) mounted on both sides of the frame 43 in the width direction.
  • a space surrounded by the U-shaped frame 43 and the pair of side plates 44 serves as a storage space for storing the roll body 25 .
  • the opening of the U-shaped frame 43 faces forward, so that an opening 41b is formed in front of the storage section 41 as an opening.
  • the roll body 25 is stored in a vertical posture.
  • the “vertical posture” refers to a posture in which the central axis line CJ of the disk-shaped roll body 25 is substantially horizontal.
  • the wireless tag 28 is built into the bottom of the frame 43 . Parts information and the like, which will be described later, are read from and written to the wireless tag 28 by the wireless communication unit 29 .
  • the storage section 41 has a U-shaped frame 43 surrounding the space 41a and a pair of side plates 44 (plate members) fixed to the frame 43 covering the sides of the space 41a.
  • the storage portion 41 has an opening 41b at the front facing the outer peripheral surface of the roll body 25. As shown in FIG.
  • each cassette holding pin row 33b In front of each cassette holding pin row 33b, one receiving cassette holding pin 33c is provided coaxially with the cassette holding pin row 33b. That is, on the upper surface of the cassette mounting table 33, a plurality of pin rows in which three storage cassette holding pins 33a (cassette holding pin row 33b) and one receiving cassette holding pin 33c are arranged in a row are provided in the X direction. there is
  • the receiving cassette 22A is mounted on the carriage 21 with the storage cassette 22B turned upside down, that is, upside down.
  • one receiving cassette holding pin 33c, the lower support bar 35 and the upper support bar 37 constitute a receiving cassette mounting portion 38 to which the receiving cassette 22A is mounted.
  • the receiving cassette mounting section 38 mounts the tape cassette 22 to the component mounting apparatus 1 as the receiving cassette 22A with the tape cassette 22 turned upside down.
  • the upper bracket 36 is equipped with a reader/writer 29a as a wireless communication section 29 capable of wirelessly communicating with the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A attached to the receiving cassette mounting section 38.
  • One reader/writer 29 a is arranged in one receiving cassette mounting portion 38 .
  • the storage cassette 22B As shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, three storage cassette holding pins 33a constituting one cassette holding pin row 33b are inserted into three pin insertion portions 43b provided at the bottom of the frame 43. It is mounted on the cassette mounting table 33 in such a manner that As described above, in this embodiment, the portion of the cassette mounting table 33 provided with the cassette holding pin row 33b (three storage cassette holding pins 33a arranged in a row in the Y direction) is a storage pin to which the storage cassette 22B is mounted. It constitutes a cassette mounting portion 39 .
  • the cassette mounting portion 46 a includes the receiving cassette mounting portion 38 and the storage cassette mounting portion 39 . As shown in FIGS.
  • the cassette mounting table 33 is equipped with a reader/writer 29b as a wireless communication unit 29 capable of wirelessly communicating with the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B attached to the storage cassette attachment unit 39.
  • a reader/writer 29b is arranged in one storage cassette mounting portion 39 .
  • the receiving cassette mounting section 38 mounts the receiving cassette 22A with the opening 41b of the receiving cassette 22A facing the storage cassette mounting section 39.
  • the storage cassette mounting section 39 mounts the storage cassette 22B with the opening 41b of the storage cassette 22B directed toward the receiving cassette 22A mounted on the receiving cassette mounting section 38 . Since the receiving cassette 22A and the storage cassette 22B are mounted on the carriage 21 with the opening 41b of the receiving cassette 22A and the opening 41b of the storing cassette 22B facing each other, the roll body 25 stored in the storing cassette 22B is received. It becomes possible to move to the cassette 22A.
  • the receiving cassette mounting section 38 mounts the receiving cassette 22A at a position lower than the storage cassette 22B mounted on the storage cassette mounting section 39 .
  • the roll body 25 is smoothly moved from the storage cassette 22B to the receiving cassette 22A, and the roll body 25 stored in the receiving cassette 22A is prevented from moving to the storage cassette 22B.
  • the receiving cassette mounting portion 38 mounts the receiving cassette 22A in an inclined posture that becomes lower as it moves away from the storage cassette mounting portion 39 .
  • the roll body 25 is smoothly moved from the storage cassette 22B to the receiving cassette 22A, and the roll body 25 stored in the receiving cassette 22A is prevented from moving to the storage cassette 22B.
  • the cassette mounting section 46a arranges the receiving cassette 22A and the storage cassette 22B in series along the transport direction (Y direction) of the carrier tape 24 by the component supply unit 23 with the respective openings 41b facing each other, and , the storage cassette 22B is placed on the upstream side in the conveying direction.
  • FIG. 7 is an enlarged view of area AR in FIG.
  • the carrier tape 24 has a base tape 51 and a top tape 52 .
  • the base tape 51 is provided with a large number of upwardly opening pockets 53 arranged in a row in the longitudinal direction of the base tape 51 at equal intervals, and each pocket 53 stores a component 5 .
  • the top tape 52 is attached to the upper surface of the base tape 51 and encloses the component 5 in the pocket 53 . In this way the carrier tape 24 packs the component 5 .
  • a plurality of feed holes 54 are arranged in a row at regular intervals at positions parallel to the rows of the pockets 53 of the base tape 51 .
  • the top tape 52 of the carrier tape 24 has an extending portion 52a extending from the tip 51a of the base tape 51.
  • the extending portion 52a is provided to catch the top tape 52 in the exposed portion 66, which will be described later. Long enough to reach and be captured.
  • the tip of the carrier tape 24 is cut so as to divide the feed holes 54 .
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the component supply unit 23 of this embodiment.
  • the component supply unit 23 includes a tape transport path 60 , a tape transport section 61 , a tape loading section 62 , a shutter unit 63 , a unit control section 64 and a unit side connector 65 . Further, the component supply unit 23 has a tape entrance 23a through which the carrier tape 24 is introduced into the tape transport path 60, a component supply port 23b through which components are supplied, and an exit 23c through which the carrier tape 24 is ejected from the tape transport path 60. Prepare. A notification lamp 23f and an operation switch 23g are arranged on the upper surface of the component supply unit 23 (see FIG. 3).
  • the tape transport path 60 is formed in the main body 23d of the component supply unit 23, and the carrier tape 24 pulled out from the roll body 25 accommodated in the receiving cassette 22A and inserted into the component supply unit 23 from the tape entrance 23a. is guided through the interior of the component supply unit 23 to the component pick-up position 23ba, which is the position of the component supply port 23b, and further to the discharge port 23c.
  • the tape entrance 23a opens on the upstream side (left side in FIG. 8) of the component supply unit 23 in the tape feeding direction.
  • the discharge port 23c opens on the downstream side (right side in FIG. 8) in the tape feeding direction.
  • the tape transport path 60 communicates from the tape entrance 23a to the discharge port 23c.
  • the mounting head 13 takes out the component 5 at the component take-out position 23ba provided on the downstream side of the tape transport path 60 .
  • a plurality of carrier tapes 24 constituting one roll body 25 are used as a unit lot, and a plurality of carrier tapes 24 are sequentially inserted from the tape entrance 23a and supplied to the component supply unit 23. . Thereafter, among the two carrier tapes 24 introduced from the tape entrance 23a and fed on the tape transport path 60, the carrier tape 24 that is fed first is fed as the current tape 24a and the carrier tape 24 that is fed next to the current tape 24a.
  • the carrier tape 24 that is formed will be referred to as a next tape 24b.
  • the tape transport section 61 transports the carrier tape 24 to the component pick-up position 23ba on the downstream side of the tape transport path 60.
  • the tape conveying section 61 includes a first conveying sprocket 61a that engages with the carrier tape 24, a second conveying sprocket 61b, a third conveying sprocket 61c, and a driving section 61d.
  • a first transport sprocket 61a, a second transport sprocket 61b, and a third transport sprocket 61c are arranged along the tape transport path 60 in order from the downstream side.
  • the drive unit 61d includes, for example, a motor as a power source and a power transmission member that transmits the power of the power source to the first to third transport sprockets 61a to 61c.
  • a power transmission member is, for example, a gear.
  • the tape loading section 62 sends the carrier tape 24 inserted into the component supply unit 23 from the tape inlet 23 a to the tape transport section 61 .
  • the tape loading section 62 is arranged on the upstream side of the tape transport path 60 .
  • the tape loading section 62 includes a loading sprocket 62a, a tape support section 62b, and a driving section 62c.
  • the driving section 62c has a function of rotating the loading sprocket 62a in the direction of the arrow a1 and a function of moving the loading sprocket 62a and the tape support section 62b in the direction of the arrow a2.
  • the loaded carrier tape 24 can be carried in the downstream direction by the driving part 62c rotationally driving the carry-in sprocket 62a in the direction of the arrow a1.
  • the tape transport path 60 widens in the vicinity of the tape entrance 23a on the upstream side of the tape transport path 60, and a tape support portion 62b is arranged to divide the tape transport path 60 into two in this widened space. Therefore, in a state where the leading end of the next tape 24b is supported by the tape support portion 62b at the upstream end of the tape transport path 60, the current tape 24a is placed on the bottom surface 60a of the tape transport path 60 below the tape support portion 62b. It can be conveyed downstream along. Further, the next tape 24b supported by the tape support portion 62b can be moved to the bottom surface 60a of the tape transport path 60 by the drive portion 62c moving the carry-in sprocket 62a and the tape support portion 62b.
  • the drive unit 62c includes, for example, a motor as a power source and a power transmission member that transmits the power of the power source to the carry-in sprocket 62a.
  • a power transmission member is, for example, a gear.
  • a power transmission mechanism combining a link mechanism, gears, elastic members, etc., for moving the carry-in sprocket 62a and the tape support portion 62b in the direction of the arrow a2 using the power of another power source may also be provided.
  • the component supply unit 23 includes a first sensor PH1, a second sensor PH2, and a third sensor PH3 arranged in order from the upstream side along the tape transport path 60.
  • the first sensor PH1 detects that the carrier tape 24 inserted into the tape support portion 62b of the component supply unit 23 has reached the first checkpoint provided at the downstream end of the tape support portion 62b.
  • the second sensor PH2 detects the presence or absence of the carrier tape 24 at a second check point provided downstream of the first check point and near the confluence with the tape transport path 60 on the extension of the tape support portion 62b. .
  • the third sensor PH3 detects the presence or absence of the carrier tape 24 at a third checkpoint provided downstream of the exposed portion 66 of the tape transport path 60 and upstream of the component pick-up position 23ba.
  • the first sensor PH1 to the third sensor PH3 are optical sensors that directly or indirectly detect the presence or absence of the carrier tape 24 at each checkpoint, and are, for example, color sensors or photosensors.
  • the driving portion 62c moves the tape support portion 62b to move the next tape 24b to the tape transport path 60 at the tape entrance 23a. move to
  • the tape support portion 62b supports the next tape 24b and maintains the posture in which the next tape 24b is conveyed. See FIG.
  • the tape support portion 62b is composed of a first support portion 62ba and a second support portion 62bb.
  • a thin plate-like left cover 62bcL and a right cover 62bcR are mounted on both side surfaces of the component supply unit 23 so as to sandwich the tape transport path 60 from the left and right.
  • the upper end of the right cover 62bcR is interrupted at a position lower than the tape support portion 62b, and a thin plate-like movable member 62bd is arranged above it so as to complement the right cover 62bcR.
  • FIG. 8 when facing the downstream direction in which the carrier tape 24 is conveyed in the component supply unit 23, one side is the left side and the other side is the right side.
  • the left cover 62bcL extends in the tape feeding direction and the vertical direction (Z direction).
  • the inner side surface (right side surface) of the left cover 62bcL is a guide surface that guides the left side surface of the next tape 24b.
  • the left cover 62bcL is fixed to the left surface of the main body 23d of the component supply unit 23.
  • the right cover 62bcR is also fixed to the right surface of the main body 23d of the component supply unit 23. As shown in FIG.
  • the first support portion 62ba supports one side of the carrier tape 24 in the width direction from below.
  • the first support portion 62ba is formed on the right side surface of the left cover 62bcL and extends below the shutter unit 63 from the tape entrance 23a.
  • the second support portion 62bb supports the other side portion of the next tape 24b from below.
  • the second support portion 62bb is formed on the left side surface of a movable member 62bd, which will be described later, extends downstream from the tape entrance 23a, and ends before the shutter unit 63. As shown in FIG.
  • the movable member 62bd has a plate-like shape and is attached to the main body 23d of the component supply unit 23 so as to be vertically movable.
  • the movable member 62bd is mounted integrally with the loading sprocket 62a, and when it moves vertically, the loading sprocket 62a also moves vertically.
  • the inner surface of the movable member 62bd is a guide surface that guides the right side surface of the next tape 24b.
  • the movable member 62bd is moved vertically (arrow a2 in FIG. 8) by the driving portion 62c.
  • the function of discharging the next tape 24b from the tape support portion 62b to the tape transport path 60 will be described.
  • the unit control portion 64 drives the drive portion 62c to move the movable member 62bd upward.
  • the second support portion 62bb and the carry-in sprocket 62a are lifted together.
  • next tape 24b released from the tape support portion 62b moves to the bottom surface 60a of the tape transport path 60 below the tape support portion 62b.
  • the next carrier tape 24 (next tape 24b) can be inserted into the tape support portion 62b at any time.
  • FIG. 10A and 10B are side views showing the configuration of the shutter unit.
  • FIG. 10A shows a state in which the carrier tape 24 has not reached the shutter unit 63, and
  • FIG. indicates a state of being stopped by
  • the shutter unit 63 prevents the carrier tape 24 supported by the tape support portion 62b from proceeding further to the downstream side of the tape transport path 60.
  • the shutter unit 63 has a tape detection mechanism 63a and a gate unit 63b.
  • the tape detection mechanism 63 a detects that the carrier tape 24 supported by the tape support portion 62 b has reached the shutter unit 63 .
  • the tape detection mechanism 63a includes a tape detection piece 71, a pin 72, and a first sensor PH1.
  • the tape detection piece 71 has a substantially L shape, and includes a plate-like portion 71a extending facing the tape support portion 62b, a contact portion 71b extending from the upstream side of the plate-like portion 71a toward the tape support portion 62b, It has a light blocking portion 71c extending from the downstream end of the plate-like portion 71a in the opposite direction (upward) to the direction of the tape support portion 62b.
  • the tape detection piece 71 is attached to the main body 23d of the component supply unit 23 so as to be able to swing around a fulcrum 71d provided near the upstream end.
  • the plate-like portion 71a is supported from below by a pin 72 fixed downstream of the fulcrum 71d.
  • the contact portion 71b protrudes from the plate-like portion 71a of the tape detection piece 71 toward the first support portion 62ba, and the lower end of the contact portion 71b contacts the tip portion of the carrier tape 24 moving along the upper surface of the first support portion 62ba. located in an accessible position.
  • the position of the contact portion 71b is the first checkpoint for detecting the carrier tape 24. As shown in FIG.
  • the first sensor PH1 is arranged above the light shielding portion 71c. As shown in FIG. 10B, when the carrier tape 24 advances downstream along the tape support portion 62b, the tip of the carrier tape 24 pushes the contact portion 71b downstream, and the tape detection piece 71 moves toward the fulcrum 71d. rotate counterclockwise around the As a result, the light blocking portion 71c blocks the light emitted from the first sensor PH1, and the first sensor PH1 transmits a detection signal to the unit control portion 64. FIG. This makes it possible to detect that the carrier tape 24 has reached the shutter unit 63 (arrived at the first checkpoint).
  • the gate unit 63b includes a gate 74, a compression spring 75, a lock member 76, a lever 77, an actuator 78, and a return spring 79.
  • the gate unit 63b controls whether the carrier tape 24 supported by the tape support portion 62b is advanced further downstream in the tape transport path 60 according to an instruction from the unit control portion 64 or is stopped.
  • the gate 74 is, for example, a plate-like member, and one end of the compression spring 75 is connected to its upper end.
  • the gate 74 is urged by a compression spring 75 toward the first support portion 62ba. Therefore, the lower end of the gate 74 is in contact with the upper surface of the first support portion 62ba.
  • a lock member 76 prevents the gate 74 from rising against the spring force of the compression spring 75 .
  • the locking member 76 is, for example, a laterally extending rod, and one end thereof is laterally inserted into a recess 74 a formed in the side surface of the gate 74 .
  • the lever 77 is attached to the main body 23d of the component supply unit 23 so as to be swingable about a fulcrum 77a arranged in the center.
  • a lock member 76 is fixed to one end (lower end) of the lever 77 .
  • the other end (upper end) of lever 77 is connected to rod 78 a of actuator 78 .
  • One end of a return spring 79 is connected between the fulcrum 77 a of the lever 77 and one end of the lever 77 .
  • the actuator 78 expands and contracts the rod 78a according to instructions from the unit control section 64.
  • a return spring 79 biases lever 77 in a pulling direction, i.e., biasing it to rotate clockwise.
  • the tip of the lock member 76 is inserted into the concave portion 74 a on the side surface of the gate 74 by the return spring 79 .
  • FIG. 11A and 11B are side views showing the configuration of the shutter unit.
  • FIG. 11A shows a state in which the locking member is unlocked
  • FIG. 11B shows a state in which the carrier tape 24 passes through the shutter unit 63.
  • FIG. 12 shows a state in which the carrier tape 24 has fallen from the tape support portion 62b.
  • the carrier tape 24 is inserted from the tape entrance 23a along the tape support portion 62b and advances in the downstream direction.
  • the contact portion 71b of the tape detection piece 71 when the tip of the carrier tape 24 contacts the contact portion 71b of the tape detection piece 71, the contact portion 71b is pushed downstream, and the tape detection piece 71 moves toward the fulcrum 71d. It oscillates counterclockwise as the central axis.
  • the light blocking portion 71c of the tape detection piece 71 blocks the optical path of the first sensor PH1, and the first sensor PH1 transmits a detection signal to the unit control portion 64.
  • the tip of the carrier tape 24 contacts the gate 74 and pushes the gate 74 upward.
  • the gate 74 is pushed upward by the carrier tape 24, but the wall surface of the concave portion 74a of the gate 74 abuts against the lock member 76 to prevent the gate 74 from rising. Therefore, the gate 74 prevents the carrier tape 24 from entering the tape transport path 60 in the downstream direction.
  • the unit control section 64 drives the actuator 78 to unlock the gate 74 .
  • the unit control section 64 drives the carry-in sprocket 62a.
  • the carrier tape 24 starts to be transported in the downstream direction, and the carrier tape 24 moves toward the downstream side of the tape transport path 60 while pushing up the gate 74 as shown in FIG. 11(b).
  • the unit control section 64 stops driving the actuator 78 at an appropriate timing after the leading edge of the carrier tape 24 has passed through the gate 74 .
  • the carrier tape 24 is transported in the downstream direction of the tape transport path 60 and transported to the third transport sprocket 61c, the carrier tape 24 is detected by the third sensor PH3.
  • the third sensor PH3 transmits a detection signal indicating detection of the carrier tape 24 to the unit control section 64 .
  • the unit control section 64 receives the detection signal from the third sensor PH3, it recognizes that the downstream side of the carrier tape 24 is conveyed by the third conveying sprocket 61c.
  • the unit control section 64 then drives the drive section 62c to move the carry-in sprocket 62a and the tape support section 62b in the arrow a2 direction.
  • the unit control section 64 drives the drive section 62c to move the tape support section 62b, and then returns the tape support section 62b to its original position.
  • the actuator 78 is driven to contract the rod 78a.
  • the tape detection piece 71 swings clockwise about the fulcrum 71d, and the plate-like portion 71a comes into contact with the pin 72 and stops swinging. As a result, the light blocking portion 71c is removed from the first sensor PH1, so that no detection signal is output to the unit control portion 64.
  • the unit control section 64 recognizes that the carrier tape 24 is not supported by the tape support section 62b or that the carrier tape 24 does not exist at the first check point.
  • FIG. 13 is a side view showing the configuration of the exposed portion 66.
  • FIG. 13(a) shows a state in which the carrier tape 24 has passed through the exposed portion 66
  • FIG. 13(b) shows a state in which the carrier tape 24 has turned back the exposed portion 66.
  • “advance” of the carrier tape 24 means that the carrier tape 24 is conveyed in the downstream direction
  • “reverse” of the carrier tape 24 means that the carrier tape 24 is conveyed in the upstream direction.
  • the extending portion 52 a is bent at the leading end 51 a of the base tape 51 in the tape transport path 60 .
  • the state in which the extending portion 52a is bent at the leading end 51a of the base tape 51 and partially overlapped with the carrier tape 24 upstream of the leading end is referred to as "curling".
  • the extending portion 52a of the top tape 52 may be in contact with the top tape 52 attached to the upper surface of the base tape 51, or may be in non-contact.
  • correcting the turn-up and “correcting the bending” refer to returning the extending portion 52a bent at the leading end 51a of the base tape 51 to extend forward (downstream) from the leading end 51a of the base tape 51. It also includes the case where the extending portion 52a of the top tape 52 is not fully extended forward.
  • An exposed portion 66 is arranged on the inclined portion of the tape transport path 60 on the upstream side and obliquely below the component pick-up position 23ba.
  • the exposed portion 66 separates the top tape 52 of the carrier tape 24 from the base tape 51 to expose the upper surface of the component 5 stored in the pocket 53 .
  • the exposed portion 66 includes a pair of rollers 81 and 82 for feeding the top tape and a drive mechanism for driving these rollers 81 and 82 .
  • the drive mechanism of the exposed portion 66 has a motor as a drive source and a drive transmission mechanism such as gears for transmitting the rotational power of the motor to the rollers 81 and 82 .
  • the rollers 81 and 82 are provided, for example, above the tape transport path 60 and communicate with the tape transport path 60 through an opening 83 that opens toward the top surface 60b of the tape transport path 60 .
  • the extending portion 52 a of the top tape 52 of the carrier tape 24 conveyed along the tape conveying path 60 from the upstream side is drawn into the rollers 81 and 82 through the opening 83 and separated from the base tape 51 .
  • the newly set carrier tape 24 is sent from the tape entrance 23a of the tape transport path 60 in a state in which the leading end 52b of the top tape 52 is longer than the leading end 51a of the base tape 51 (having an extension portion 52a).
  • the tip of the carrier tape 24 reaches the opening 83 , the extension 52 a of the top tape 52 is captured by the exposed portion 66 .
  • the exposed portion 66 draws in the extending portion 52a at the tip of the top tape 52 by sandwiching it between the rollers 81 and 82 .
  • the top tape 52 is separated from the base tape 51 of the carrier tape 24 .
  • the peeled top tape 52 is fed in a direction away from the base tape 51 .
  • the base tape 51 from which the top tape 52 is peeled is also referred to as a carrier tape 24.
  • a third sensor PH3 is arranged downstream of the position where the exposed portion 66 is arranged.
  • the third sensor PH3 is, for example, a transmission detection type optical sensor, and detects the carrier tape 24 transported along the tape transport path 60 .
  • a detection result by the third sensor PH3 is sent to the unit control section 64 .
  • the tip of the carrier tape 24 is detected by providing a dog that can be in mechanical contact with the tip of the carrier tape 24 and detecting the displacement of the dog when the carrier tape 24 contacts the dog with an optical sensor. You may If the method uses an optical sensor to detect the displacement of the dog, it is possible to reliably detect the carrier tape 24 even if the carrier tape 24 is made of a light transmissive material.
  • an air nozzle 84 for ejecting air is arranged at a position facing the opening 83 with the air ejection direction directed toward the opening 83 .
  • the air nozzle 84 is a jetting portion that jets air, and the jetted air hits the extending portion 52a of the top tape 52 located near the opening 83, and the force of the jetted air hits the extending portion 52a of the top tape 52. toward the exposed portion 66 . That is, the air nozzle 84 assists the exposed portion 66 to capture the top tape 52 and guides the tip of the top tape 52 to the exposed portion 66 .
  • the air nozzle 84 is supplied with air from an air supply section (not shown).
  • the air supply section By controlling the air supply section with the unit control section 64, air can be jetted from the air nozzle 84 toward the exposed section 66 at any timing.
  • the curling of the top tape 52 is corrected, and the unit control section 64 ejects air from the air nozzle 84 at the timing when the extended portion 52a reaches a position where it can be captured by the exposed portion 66. controlling.
  • the third sensor PH3 detects the leading edge of the carrier tape 24
  • the third conveying sprocket 61c may send the carrier tape 24 upstream for a predetermined distance or for a predetermined period of time before injecting air. While the carrier tape 24 is moved in the reverse direction for a predetermined distance or for a predetermined period of time, the curling of the top tape 52 is corrected, and the extension 52a is moved below the opening 83. As shown in FIG.
  • the extending portion 52a is pressed against one of the rollers 81 located downstream. Then, the rollers 81 and 82 are rotated in the directions of the arrows shown in FIG. 14(a), and the extending portion 52a pressed against the roller 81 is sandwiched between the rollers 81 and 82 and captured. Then, the top tape 52 is peeled off from the base tape 51 by continuing the rotation of the rollers 81 and 82 to pull the top tape 52 away from the base tape 51 .
  • the jetting direction of the air nozzle 84 is set so that the jetted air is blown from below the carrier tape 24 to the extending portion 52a.
  • the unit control section 64 is communicably connected to the driving section 61d, the exposed section 66 and the third sensor PH3. That is, the tape transport operation of transporting the carrier tape 24 along the tape transport path 60 is executed by the unit control section 64 controlling the third transport sprocket 61c. At this time, the unit control section 64 can control the transport timing and transport amount of the carrier tape 24 .
  • the unit control section 64 controls the rollers 81 and 82 and the air supply section based on the detection signal of the third sensor PH3, thereby performing a peeling operation for peeling the top tape 52 from the base tape 51 of the carrier tape 24. be done.
  • the top tape 52 is captured by the exposed portion 66 by injecting air from the air nozzle 84 .
  • An operating section is communicably connected to the unit control section 64, and the unit control section 64 is communicably connected to the main body section 2 of the component mounting apparatus 1.
  • the tape conveying operation and the tape feeding operation described above are executed according to an operation command input from the operation unit and a control command transmitted from the main unit 2 .
  • FIG. 13 a tape peeling method for peeling the top tape 52 from the base tape 51 of the carrier tape 24 in the component supply unit 23 configured as described above will be described with particular reference to FIGS. 13 and 14.
  • FIG. 13 a tape peeling method for peeling the top tape 52 from the base tape 51 of the carrier tape 24 in the component supply unit 23 configured as described above will be described with particular reference to FIGS. 13 and 14.
  • the carrier tape 24 inserted into the tape entrance 23a is transported downstream along the tape transport path 60 by the loading sprocket 62a of the tape loading section 62.
  • the carrier tape 24 reaches the third conveying sprocket 61c of the tape conveying section 61 located downstream of the tape conveying path 60 (FIG. 15(b))
  • the carrier tape 24 is conveyed by the tape conveying section 61 thereafter.
  • the top tape 52 is turned over.
  • the rollers 81 and 82 are rotating in a direction in which the top tape 52 can be pinched and captured at the exposed portion 66 arranged on the inclined portion of the tape transport path 60 .
  • a detection step is performed in which the leading edge of the carrier tape 24 transported on the tape transport path 60 is detected by the third sensor PH3, and the detection result is sent to the unit control section 64. Then, based on this detection result, a correction process for correcting the curling of the top tape 52 is performed. The correction process is performed by the tape conveying section 61 . After the curling of the top tape 52 is corrected, a peeling process is performed to peel the top tape 52 from the carrier tape 24 by the exposed portion 66 provided on the upstream side of the tape transport path 60 .
  • a gas injection process is executed in which air, which is a gas for trapping the extended portion 52a of the top tape 52 in the exposed portion 66, is injected toward the exposed portion 66 by an air nozzle 84, which is an injection portion. be done.
  • the unit control portion 64 controls the air supply portion to execute the gas injection process. As a result, the air jetted from the air nozzle 84 hits the extending portion 52 a of the carrier tape 24 .
  • the extending portion 52a of the top tape 52 extending from the leading end 51a of the base tape 51 is turned over below the base tape 51 as shown in FIG. 13(a).
  • the top fold of the cover tape that is turned over occurs. Even if air is injected from the air nozzle 84 to the top tape 52 in this state, the extending portion 52 a cannot be blown up, so the extending portion 52 a of the top tape 52 cannot be guided to the exposed portion 66 .
  • the third transport sprocket 61 c moves the carrier tape 24 forward so that the tip of the extension 52 a of the top tape 52 is located downstream of the air nozzle 84 .
  • the unit control section 64 controls the third conveying sprocket 61c to convey the carrier tape 24 until it receives a detection signal of the carrier tape 24 from the third sensor PH3 arranged downstream of the air nozzle 84.
  • the unit control section 64 stops feeding the carrier tape 24 based on this detection signal and feeds it backward, that is, moves the carrier tape 24 toward the tape entrance 23a.
  • the third transport sprocket 61c is controlled to transport to.
  • the third transport sprocket 61c rotates in the reverse direction, and the carrier tape 24 moves backward by a predetermined distance in the upstream direction as shown in FIG. 13(b).
  • the extension 52a of the top tape 52 is straightened. stretched into a shape.
  • the carrier tape 24 is reversed for a predetermined time by measuring the timer so that the top tape 52 is turned up.
  • the unit control section 64 again feeds (forwards) the carrier tape 24 in the forward direction by a predetermined distance (predetermined time).
  • the extension 52a of tape 52 can be positioned below the center of exposed portion 66 (between rollers 81 and 82).
  • the unit control section 64 jets air from the air nozzle 84 to blow the leading end 52b of the top tape 52 against the rollers 81 and 82 to send the extended portion 52a of the top tape 52 to the exposed portion 66, as shown in FIG. As shown in a), the rollers 81 and 82 rotate while sandwiching the top tape 52 . In this way, the top tape 52 can be peeled off from the base tape 51 completely automatically. As shown in FIG. 14(b), when the carrier tape 24 advances further, the rollers 81 and 82 also rotate accordingly, the top tape 52 is peeled off, and the component 5 stored in the pocket 53 of the carrier tape 24 is removed. exposed.
  • the curling of the top tape 52 can be corrected simply by feeding the carrier tape 24 backward.
  • the carrier tape 24 is reversed, the air in the tape transport path 60 hits the extending portion 52a of the top tape 52, and the base tape 51 moves upstream with respect to the leading end 52b of the top tape 52.
  • FIG. When correcting the curling of the top tape 52 by feeding the carrier tape 24 backward, it is necessary to correct the curling of the top tape 52 on the upstream side of the center of the exposed portion 66 that captures the tip of the top tape 52 .
  • the exposed component 5 is conveyed by the tape conveying section 61 together with the carrier tape 24 to the opening formed downstream thereof, that is, the component pick-up position 23ba (see FIGS. 16(a) and 16(b)).
  • An opening is formed at a position corresponding to the component extraction position 23ba.
  • FIG. 15 the carrier tape conveying operation by the component supply unit 23 will be described with reference to FIGS. 15 to 17.
  • the operator inserts the carrier tape 24 along the tape support portion 62b arranged at the tape entrance 23a of the component supply unit 23 whose lamp 23f is blinking.
  • the switch 23g of the component supply unit 23 is pressed.
  • the tape loading section 62 loads the carrier tape 24 while the gate 74 of the gate unit 63b is locked, and the carrier tape 24 is detected by the first sensor PH1.
  • the carry-in sprocket 62a is stopped. If the operator inserts the carrier tape 24 to the position detected by the first sensor PH1, the tape loading section 62 does not operate. In either case, the carrier tape 24 cannot enter deeper than the gate 74 .
  • the gate 74 is unlocked when the switch 23g is pressed, and the tape loading section 62 moves to the carrier in this state.
  • the tape 24 is transported.
  • the carrier tape 24 pushes up the gate 74 with its leading end and is fed into the tape transport path 60 .
  • FIG. 15(b) when the carrier tape 24 is transported to a position where it hits the pin of the third transport sprocket 61c, the loading by the loading sprocket 62a stops.
  • the carrier tape 24 is conveyed further downstream by the third conveying sprocket 61c, and when detected by the third sensor PH3, the tape conveying portion 61 causes the exposed portion 66 to capture the top tape 52.
  • the carrier tape 24 is transported further downstream while the top tape 52 is peeled off by the exposed portion 66 and the third transport sprocket 61c.
  • the drive unit 61d drives the second transport sprocket 61b to move the top of the carrier tape 24 as shown in FIG. 16(a).
  • the pocket 53 is positioned at the component pick-up position 23ba.
  • the tape loading section 62 changes the running path.
  • the carrier tape 24 passing through the tape loading section 62 drops out of the tape loading section 62 due to the change of the running path and moves to the bottom surface 60a of the tape transport path 60 below.
  • the change of the running path is executed at the timing when the carrier tape 24 is engaged with the second transport sprocket 61b and the third transport sprocket 61c of the tape transport unit 61.
  • FIG. when the lane is changed, the gate 74 moves downward and is locked.
  • the operator can insert the carrier tape 24 (next tape 24b) to be used next into the tape loading section 62 that has become vacant due to the change of track.
  • the method of inserting the carrier tape 24 into the tape loading section 62 is the same as the method already described above.
  • the tape conveying unit 61 discharges the carrier tape 24. (eject tape). If the passing of the end of the carrier tape 24 is not detected at the time when the lack of components is detected, the end search is performed, and then the tape is ejected. After the current tape 24a has been unloaded, the gate 74 is unlocked, and the tape loading section 62 transports the next tape 24b in this state. As a result, the next tape 24b is fed into the tape transport path 60 by pushing up the gate 74 with its leading edge.
  • next tape 24b When the next tape 24b is transported to a position where it hits the pin of the most upstream third transport sprocket 61c of the tape transport section 61, the transport by the transport sprocket 62a stops. After that, the running path is changed, and the next tape 24b is conveyed as the current tape 24a.
  • FIG. 18 is side sectional views of the tape cassette 22 showing how the roll body 25 of the carrier tape 24 is taken in and out of the tape cassette 22 used as the storage cassette 22B. be.
  • the roll body 25 When the roll body 25 is stored in the tape cassette 22, the roll body 25 is inserted through the opening 41b opened in front of the storage section 41 with the shutter 42 positioned at the open position (FIG. 18A). 18(b)), and the operating lever 86 is moved downward (arrow shown in FIG. 18(b)). As a result, the shutter 42 moves from the open position to the closed position, the opening 41b of the storage section 41 is closed by the shutter 42, and the roll body 25 is stored in the tape cassette 22 (FIG. 18(b)).
  • the operating lever 86 is moved upward (an arrow shown in FIG. 18(c)).
  • the shutter 42 moves from the closed position to the open position, the opening 41b of the storage section 41 is opened, and the roll body 25 can be taken out from the storage section 41 (arrow shown in FIG. 18(c)).
  • the tape cassette 22 as a storage device includes a storage portion 41 having a space 41a for storing the roll body 25 and an opening 41b through which the roll body 25 can be taken in and out, and the opening 41b.
  • FIGS. 19(a) and 19(b) are side cross-sectional views of part of the component supply section 3 showing how the roll body 25 moves.
  • the component supply unit 23 that has drawn in the carrier tape 24 in the process of mounting the storage cassette 22B to the storage cassette mounting portion 39 conveys the carrier tape 24 as it is when the drawn-in carrier tape 24 is the current tape 24a. 5 is supplied. If the pulled-in carrier tape 24 is the next tape 24b, the next tape 24b is put on standby until it is detected that the end of the current tape 24a has passed the third checkpoint in the component supply unit 23. When the end of the current tape 24a passes the third checkpoint, the storage section 41 of the receiving cassette 22A is empty.
  • the storage cassette 22B becomes empty.
  • the empty storage cassette 22B is removed from the carriage 21 (cassette mounting portion 46a) in order to mount the roll body 25 (storage cassette 22B) of the carrier tape 24 to be used next.
  • the operator mounts a new tape cassette 22 in the cassette mounting portion 46a according to the procedure described above.
  • FIG. 20 is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of a component mounting system.
  • a component mounting system 91 includes a management device 92 , a cassette preparation station 93 , a setup station 94 , one or more component mounting devices 1 , a portable information terminal 95 and a network 96 .
  • the management device 92 collectively manages the production information of the cassette preparation station 93 , setup station 94 , and one or more component mounting devices 1 .
  • the management device 92 is, for example, a host computer, and can be configured by an integrated circuit such as a microcomputer, CPU, MPU, GPU, DSP, FPGA, or ASIC.
  • the functions of the management device 92 are realized by combining hardware and software.
  • the management device 92 reads data and programs stored in the storage unit 105 and performs various arithmetic processing, thereby realizing predetermined functions.
  • the management device 92 includes a cassette management section 101 , a production result collection section 102 , a parts replenishment instruction section 103 , a trace information collection section 104 and a storage section 105 .
  • the cassette management unit 101 generates and updates cassette management information 111 that associates the cassette ID information of the tape cassette 22 with the component information of the components 5 contained in the tape cassette 22 .
  • the cassette management information 111 is stored in the storage unit 105 .
  • the cassette management information 111 includes the number of parts (remaining number) in addition to the part ID as part information. In addition, although not shown in FIG. 25, it also includes location information and status information for specifying the mounting location and location of the cassette.
  • the cassette management unit 101 updates the number of parts based on the information on the number of parts used in production notified from the component mounting apparatus 1 . Further, the cassette management unit 101 updates the information regarding the location and status of the cassette based on detection of the presence or absence of the tape cassette 22 in the cassette mounting unit 46a.
  • the production record collection unit 102 collects the production record of the board 4 in each component mounting apparatus 1 .
  • the parts replenishment instruction unit 103 instructs the replenishment work of the next tape 24b.
  • the trace information aggregating unit 104 collects the trace information created by each component mounting apparatus 1 and generates serialized trace information.
  • the storage unit 105 stores information sent from the cassette preparation station 93, the setup station 94, one or more component mounting apparatuses 1, and the portable information terminal 95 and information on production. Further, the storage unit 105 stores information necessary for operation and processing of the cassette preparation station 93, the setup station 94, and one or more component mounting apparatuses 1.
  • FIG. The storage unit 105 stores cassette management information 111 , production programs 112 , production results 113 , and aggregated trace information 114 .
  • the storage unit 105 can be implemented by, for example, a hard disk (HDD), SSD, RAM, DRAM, ferroelectric memory, flash memory, magnetic disk, or a combination thereof.
  • the cassette preparation station 93 is a structure that removes the roll body 25 wound around the reel 27 (see FIG. 24) and puts it into the tape cassette 22 .
  • the cassette preparation station 93 has a code reader 121 and a reader/writer 122 .
  • the setup station 94 is a structure that performs setup outside the component mounting apparatus 1 for the next production.
  • the setup station 94 includes a docking section 131 that can be docked with the component supply section 3 .
  • the portable information terminal 95 wirelessly communicates with the management device 92, the worker can check the production information held by the management device 92 while carrying the portable information terminal 95. In addition, since an instruction for external setup is sent from the parts supply instruction unit 103 to the portable information terminal 95, the operator can perform the external setup work according to the instruction.
  • the portable information terminal 95 is, for example, a tablet terminal or a smart phone.
  • a network 96 connects the management device 92, the cassette preparation station 93, the setup station 94, and the component mounting device 1 so that they can communicate with each other.
  • the setup station 94 further includes a connector 132 , a monitor 133 , an operating section 134 and a code reading section 135 .
  • the docking unit 131 includes a processing unit 136 and a storage unit 138.
  • the docking unit 131 is detachable from the parts supply unit 3 that can be moved by the carriage 21 .
  • the docking unit 131 can communicate with the management device 92 via the network 96 .
  • the connector 21a of the component supply section 3 is connected to the connector 132 of the setup station 94, so that the component supply unit 23 mounted on the cart 21 and the connector 21a can communicate with each other.
  • the processing section 136 has a setup section 137 .
  • the setup section 137 will be described later in detail.
  • the processing unit 136 can be realized by an integrated circuit composed of a semiconductor element or the like.
  • the processing unit 136 can be configured by a circuit such as a microcomputer, CPU, MPU, GPU, DSP, FPGA, or ASIC, for example.
  • the functions of the processing unit 136 may be configured only by hardware, or may be realized by combining hardware and software.
  • the processing unit 136 reads data and programs stored in the storage unit 138 and performs various arithmetic processing, thereby realizing predetermined functions.
  • the storage unit 138 has connection information 138a.
  • the connection information 138a is information about the correspondence between ports, and is information about the correspondence between the ports P01 to P22 to which the component supply unit 3 is connected and the ports P23 to P66 for communication with the wireless tag. For example, it has information that the port P01 and the ports P23 and P24 are grouped.
  • the storage unit 138 can be implemented by, for example, a hard disk (HDD), SSD, RAM, DRAM, ferroelectric memory, flash memory, magnetic disk, or a combination thereof.
  • the component supply unit 3 includes relay boards 40 assigned to port numbers P01 to P66.
  • the reader/writers 29 a and 29 b and the unit control section 64 of the component supply unit 23 can communicate with the setup station 94 and the management device 92 via the relay board 40 .
  • the production program 112 stored in the storage unit 105 of the management device 92 includes setup information.
  • the setup information is information in which the component supply position number assigned to the cassette mounting portion 46a and the component to be supplied are associated with each other.
  • the component supply position number is information corresponding to the address of the supply unit mounting portion 31b in the supply unit base 31.
  • FIG. Therefore, in the setup station 94, there is a task of setting the carrier tape 24 containing the components specified in the setup information to the component supply unit 23 mounted in the supply unit mounting portion 31b specified by the component supply position number in the setup information. done before production.
  • the body control unit 17 includes a processing unit 141 and a storage unit 142.
  • the body control unit 17 can be realized by an integrated circuit composed of a semiconductor element or the like.
  • the body control unit 17 can be configured by a circuit such as a microcomputer, CPU, MPU, GPU, DSP, FPGA, or ASIC, for example.
  • the functions of the body control unit 17 may be configured only by hardware, or may be realized by combining hardware and software.
  • the body control unit 17 reads data and programs stored in the storage unit 142 and performs various arithmetic processing, thereby realizing predetermined functions.
  • the processing unit 141 includes an operation control unit 143 , a parts depletion determination unit 144 , an information update unit 145 , a supply unit state detection unit 146 , a parts replenishment support unit 147 and a trace information creation unit 148 .
  • the motion control unit 143 controls a series of motions for mounting the component 5 on the substrate 4, for example, controls the motions of the substrate transfer unit 12, the mounting head 13, and the head moving mechanism 14.
  • the parts shortage determination unit 144 determines whether the parts 5 supplied from the parts supply unit 23 have run out.
  • the component depletion determination unit 144 determines that component depletion has occurred when the nozzle 13a of the mounting head 13 fails to pick up the component 5 a predetermined number of times in succession.
  • the information updating unit 145 updates the information recorded in the wireless tag 28 when the carrier tape 24 is replaced. Updating information includes erasing information and overwriting new information.
  • the supply unit state detection unit 146 detects that the next tape 24b can be inserted into the tape loading unit 62 in the component supply unit 23, and transmits a signal indicating that component supply is possible to the component supply instruction unit 103. do.
  • the component supply unit 23 capable of component replenishment is in a state in which the next tape 24b is not inserted into the tape loading section 62 and the next tape 24b can be inserted.
  • the component replenishment support unit 147 receives information designating the component supply unit 23 to be replenished from the component replenishment instruction unit 103, blinks the lamp 23f of the component supply unit 23, and instructs the operator to select the component supply unit 23 to be replenished. to be notified.
  • the trace information creation unit 148 creates trace information of the board 4 on which each component 5 is mounted. For example, the trace information creation unit 148 creates trace information by associating the ID of the board 4 with component information of each component 5 mounted on the board 4 . The created trace information of the board 4 is stored in the storage unit 142 as the individual trace information 153 .
  • the storage unit 142 stores a production program 151, connection information 152, and individual trace information 153.
  • the storage unit 142 can be implemented by, for example, a hard disk (HDD), SSD, RAM, DRAM, ferroelectric memory, flash memory, magnetic disk, or a combination thereof.
  • the storage unit 142 stores connection information 152 in which one port of the reader/writer 29 a and one port of the reader/writer 29 b are associated with one port of the unit base side connector 30 .
  • the body control section 17 selects communication destinations based on the ports individually assigned to the plurality of unit base side connectors 30, the plurality of reader/writers 29a, and the plurality of reader/writers 29b.
  • the production program 151 is a program necessary for operating the component mounting apparatus 1.
  • the production program 151 is downloaded from the production program 112 stored in the storage unit 105 of the management device 92 and stored in the storage unit 142 .
  • the production program 151 includes, in addition to the aforementioned setup information 151a (setup information of the production program 112), information such as component mounting positions (coordinates) on the substrate 4 and the names and mounting order of the components 5 to be mounted there. .
  • the connection information 152 is information in which the component supply position number assigned to the supply unit mounting portion 31b and the connection port are associated.
  • the component supply unit 23 is a carrier unwound from the tape cassette 22 mounted in the cassette mounting portion 46a located in the same position as the supply unit mounting portion 31b in which the component supply unit 23 itself is mounted. A tape 24 is set. For this reason, in the component mounting apparatus 1, a common component supply position number is given to the supply unit mounting portion 31b and the cassette mounting portion 46a that are aligned in the same position.
  • the connection information 138a also includes this component supply position number.
  • the information update unit 145 can know in which group the component supply unit 23, the reader/writers 29a and 29b, and the connection port are grouped.
  • the information update unit 145 refers to the component supply position number to update component information to be copied from the grouped reader/writer 29a as the first wireless communication unit to the reader/writer 29b as the second wireless communication unit. can send.
  • FIG. 24 is a diagram showing the configuration of the cassette preparation station 93. As shown in FIG. In the cassette preparation station 93 , component information of the roll body 25 is written in the wireless tag 28 of the tape cassette 22 .
  • the parts information is information about parts packed on the carrier tape 24 of the roll body 25, and includes part name, part type, number of unopened parts in the roll body 25, part manufacturer, country of manufacture, date of manufacture. Information such as date, manufacturing number, lot number, pitch of the pocket 53 of the carrier tape 24, material of the carrier tape 24, etc. is included. These are obtained from barcodes or two-dimensional codes (hereinafter referred to as codes) printed on labels issued by component manufacturers. In addition, it contains information that can specify the parts in units of the roll body 25 . This is identification information issued for the convenience of inventory management of parts at the factory of the user who uses the part mounting apparatus 1, and is, for example, a part ID (sometimes called a reel ID). When the reel 27 housing the roll body 25 is stored, the user issues a part ID and affixes a label printed with a code recording the part ID to the reel 27 for management.
  • a part ID sometimes called a reel ID
  • the operator takes out the roll 25 from the reel 27 and stores it in the tape cassette 22 at the cassette preparation station 93 .
  • the component information of the roll body 25 is included in a code 27a printed on a label attached to the reel 27.
  • FIG. The operator uses the code reading section 121 of the cassette preparation station 93 to read the component information included in the code 27a of the reel 27.
  • FIG. The read component information is sent to the cassette management section 101 of the management device 92 .
  • the code reading unit 121 is a reader for reading code information corresponding to the type of code, and is, for example, a bar code reader or a camera.
  • the reader/writer 122 communicates with the wireless tag 28 attached to the tape cassette 22 containing the roll 25, and writes the component information read by the code reader 121 to the wireless tag 28.
  • the cassette ID of the tape cassette 22 stored in the wireless tag 28 is acquired.
  • the acquired cassette ID is sent to the cassette management unit 101 .
  • the cassette ID is information that can individually identify the tape cassette 22 .
  • the cassette management unit 101 generates cassette management information 111 that associates the component information sent from the code reading unit 121 with the cassette ID sent from the reader/writer 122 , and stores the generated management information 111 in the storage unit 105 .
  • FIG. 26 is a diagram showing the configuration of the setup station 94. As shown in FIG.
  • the setup work is the work of setting the component supply unit 23 used in manufacturing the board 4 on which the component 5 is mounted and the tape cassette 22 containing the component 5 in the component supply unit 3 .
  • the setup work performed on the spare component supply section 3 that is not attached to the component mounting apparatus 1 is called “outside setup work”
  • the setup work performed on the component supply section 3 attached to the component mounting apparatus 1 is called “outside setup work”. It is called “internal setup work”.
  • the set-up operations performed at set-up station 94 are out-of-setup operations and are described below.
  • the setup station 94 can communicate with the component supply unit 23, the receiving cassette 22A, and the storage cassette 22B by connecting the connector 21a of the carriage 21 and the docking portion 131.
  • the setup section 137 includes a cassette detection section 161 , a cassette determination section 162 , a unit notification section 163 , a permission section 164 and an information update section 165 .
  • the cassette detection unit 161 detects the tape cassette 22 and transmits a detection signal to the cassette determination unit 162 when the tape cassette 22 is mounted on the receiving cassette mounting unit 38 and the storage cassette mounting unit 39 of the carriage 21 . .
  • the cassette detection unit 161 detects that the tape cassette 22 is attached to the cassette attachment unit 46a corresponding to the wireless communication unit 29 by changing from the state in which the wireless communication unit 29 does not detect the wireless tag 28 to the state in which the wireless tag 28 is detected. to detect
  • the cassette detector 161 of the present embodiment detects that the tape cassette 22 is attached to the receiving cassette attaching portion 38 or the storage cassette attaching portion 39 using the wireless tag detecting function of the reader/writers 29a and 29b. Further, the cassette detector 161 identifies the position (mounting location) of the mounted tape cassette 22 based on the cassette detection signals received from the reader/writers 29a and 29b.
  • the cassette detection unit 161 refers to the connection information 152 to specify the component supply position number corresponding to the connection port to which the cassette detection signal has been sent as information indicating the mounting location of the tape cassette 22 .
  • the cassette determination unit 162 determines whether or not the mounted tape cassette 22 is the tape cassette 22 containing the correct carrier tape 24 . For example, the cassette determination unit 162 compares the position where the tape cassette 22 is installed, the component information from the wireless tag 28 of the installed tape cassette 22, and the information defined in the production program 112, and determines whether the tape cassette 22 is installed. It is determined whether the selected tape cassette 22 is correct.
  • the production program 112 stored in the storage unit 105 includes setup information designating the parts to be arranged in the cassette mounting unit 46a.
  • the cassette determination unit 162 outputs a correct determination signal when determining that the mounted tape cassette 22 is correct, and an erroneous determination signal when determining that the mounted tape cassette 22 is incorrect. Send to
  • the unit notification section 163 Upon receiving the correct determination signal, the unit notification section 163 flashes the lamp 23f of the component supply unit 23 into which the carrier tape 24 is to be inserted, notifying the operator that the correct tape cassette 22 has been loaded and the carrier tape. The component supply unit 23 into which the 24 should be inserted is notified. When receiving the erroneous determination signal, the unit notification section 163 flashes the lamp 23f of the component supply unit 23 in a pattern or color different from that of the correct determination to notify the operator that the wrong tape cassette 22 has been loaded. inform.
  • the permitting section 164 Upon receiving the positive determination signal, the permitting section 164 gives permission to supply the carrier tape 24 to the component supply unit 23 by sending the permission signal to the component supply unit 23 .
  • the component supply unit 23 that has received the permission signal from the permission unit 164 waits until it becomes possible to start pulling in the carrier tape 24 .
  • the operator inserts the carrier tape 24 into the component supply unit 23 whose lamp 23f is flashing as a result of the positive determination, and presses the switch 23g of the component supply unit 23 to notify completion of the component supply work.
  • the component supply unit 23 starts to pull in the carrier tape 24 after confirming the two events of the reception of the permission signal and the operation of the switch 23g by the operator.
  • the component supply unit 23 does not pull in the carrier tape 24 if the two events cannot be confirmed within a predetermined time.
  • the unit notification section 163 can be activated by using a configuration in which the unit notification section 163 and the permission section 164 are integrated, that is, by using a command transmitted from the unit notification section 163 to the component supply unit 23 for blinking the lamp 23f as a permission signal. It may function as the permission unit 164 .
  • the information updating unit 165 updates the information of the wireless tag 28 at the timing when the next tape 24b is pulled in and becomes the current tape 24a.
  • the cassette management information 111 of the management device 92 is also updated.
  • a plurality of wireless communication units 29 , a storage unit 105 storing a production program 112 including setup information, and a setup station 94 constitute a setup support device 97 .
  • FIG. FIG. 27 is a flow chart showing the processing (preparation work) of the preparatory section 137 during preparatory work for the current tape 24a.
  • 28 and 29 are explanatory diagrams showing the component supply section 3 during setup work for the current tape 24a.
  • FIGS. 28(a), (b) and FIGS. 1 is a process chart of each setup work.
  • the setup section 137 refers to the production program 112 of the mounting board scheduled to be produced, and causes the monitor 133 to display the type of the component supply unit 23 and the component supply position number.
  • the operator looks at the monitor 133 and mounts the component supply unit 23 at the location corresponding to the corresponding component supply position number, as shown in FIG. 28(a). Also, the operator mounts an empty tape cassette 22 in the receiving cassette mounting portion 38 at the position corresponding to the corresponding component supply position number.
  • the operator sets the storage cassette 22B containing the roll body 25 of the predetermined part 5 to the storage cassette. It is attached to the attachment portion 39 .
  • the setup portion 137 detects that the storage cassette 22B has been attached in step ST1 shown in FIG. Specifically, the reader/writer 29b detects and communicates with the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B.
  • the cassette detector 161 receives a cassette detection signal from the reader/writer 29b and detects that the storage cassette 22B is attached (Yes in step ST1).
  • the cassette detection portion 161 does not receive the cassette detection signal from the reader/writer 29b (No in step ST1). Keep sending radio signals.
  • the cassette detection unit 161 detects the cassette mounting, in step ST2, the cassette detection unit 161 identifies the mounting location of the mounted storage cassette 22B. Note that the information updating unit 165 updates the location information of the cassette management information 111 when the mounting location of the storage cassette 22B is identified.
  • the cassette determination unit 162 reads the component information of the mounted storage cassette 22B from the wireless tag 28 by the reader/writer 29b. Instead of the cassette detection unit 161, the cassette determination unit 162 may specify the cassette mounting unit 46a in which the tape cassette 22 is mounted. In step ST4, the cassette determination unit 162 refers to the production program 112 to confirm the correspondence between the mounting location of the mounted storage cassette 22B and the component information.
  • step ST5 the cassette determination unit 162 determines whether the correspondence relationship between the mounting location of the mounted storage cassette 22B and the read component information matches the contents of the setup information of the production program 112. is loaded or not.
  • step ST5 when the cassette determination section 162 determines that the correspondence relationship between the mounting location and the part information matches the content of the production program 112 (Yes in step ST5), the unit notification section 163 inserts the next tape 24b in step ST6.
  • the lamp 23f of the component supply unit 23 to be processed is blinked.
  • step ST7 the permitting section 164 transmits to the unit control section 64 a permitting signal for permitting the loading of the carrier tape 24 into the component supply unit 23.
  • 29A when the operator inserts the carrier tape 24 into the tape entrance 23a and presses the switch 23g of the component supply unit 23, a switch signal is sent to the unit control section 64.
  • step ST8 when the unit control section 64 receives two signals, the permission signal from the permission section 164 and the switch signal from the switch 23g, it starts loading the next tape 24b stored in the storage cassette 22B.
  • the unit control section 64 turns off the lamp 23 f and outputs a start signal indicating the start of loading of the carrier tape 24 to the setup section 137 . If the unit control section 64 cannot receive these two signals, it waits for the loading of the next tape 24b (No in step ST8) and waits for the arrival of the two signals.
  • the roll body 25 stored in the storage cassette 22B moves from the storage cassette 22B to the empty receiving cassette 22A.
  • the setup section 137 receives the start signal from the unit control section 64, in step ST9, the part information read from the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B by the information updating section 165 is used as the part information of the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A.
  • the part information of the radio tag 28 of the empty storage cassette 22B is erased.
  • the information updating section 165 further updates the cassette management information 111 stored in the storage section 105 of the management device 92 . Specifically, the information in the cassette ID column of the storage cassette 22B is copied to the cassette ID column of the receiving cassette 22A, and the information in the cassette ID column of the storage cassette 22B is deleted.
  • the component information of the roll body 25 of the component 5 stored in the receiving cassette 22A is recorded in the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A. Even when production of substrates 4 is discontinued, trace information of roll 25 in receiving cassette 22A can be maintained.
  • step ST10 the setup section 137 determines whether the setup work for all the component supply units 23 that require setup for the current tape 24a has been completed.
  • the setup section 137 determines that the setup work for the current tape 24a has not been completed (No in step ST10), the process is repeated again from step ST1.
  • the setup section 137 determines that the setup work for the current tape 24a is completed (Yes in step ST10), the setup section 137 causes the monitor 133 of the setup station 94 to display a message for the setup work for the current tape 24a. Notify the worker of the completion of setup work.
  • step ST5 when the cassette determination unit 162 determines that the correspondence relationship between the mounting location and the part information does not match the contents of the production program 112 (No in step ST5), in step ST11, the monitor 133 of the setup station 94 , to display a confirmation message telling the operator to confirm the mounting location.
  • the cassette determination unit 162 detects whether or not the storage cassette 22B displaying the confirmation message has been removed.
  • the process of step ST10 is performed.
  • the cassette determination unit 162 returns to step ST11 and displays a confirmation message to the monitor 133 to tell the operator to confirm the mounting location. continue to display
  • FIG. FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing the processing (preparation work) of the preparatory section 137 during preparatory work for the next tape 24b.
  • 31A and 31B are explanatory diagrams showing the component supply unit 3 during the setup work for the next tape 24b, and FIGS. 31A and 31B are process diagrams of the setup work for the next tape 24b.
  • the receiving cassette 22 A containing the current tape 24 a pulled into the tape transport path 60 of the component supply unit 23 is already mounted on the receiving cassette mounting portion 38 of the carriage 21 .
  • the operator removes the empty storage cassette 22B from the storage cassette mounting section 39, and based on the setup information displayed on the monitor 133 by the setup section 137, the storage cassette 22B containing the roll body 25 of the predetermined part 5 is removed. is attached to the storage cassette attachment portion 39 .
  • steps ST21 to ST27, steps ST30 and ST31 are the same processes as steps ST1 to ST7, steps ST11 and ST12 of the flow chart of FIG.
  • the setup section 137 executes steps ST21 to ST27 as shown in FIGS.
  • step ST27 when the operator inserts the carrier tape 24 into the tape loading section 62 and presses the switch 23g of the component supply unit 23, a switch signal is sent to the unit control section 64.
  • FIG. 31(c) upon receiving the switch signal from the switch 23g, the unit control section 64 rotates the carry-in sprocket 62a to advance the next tape 24b stored in the storage cassette 22B. Further, the unit control section 64 turns off the lamp 23f.
  • the tip of the next tape 24b contacts the contact portion 71b of the tape detection piece 71 and the gate 74, and is detected by the first sensor PH1.
  • the unit control section 64 causes the next tape 24b to be carried in to the position detected by the first sensor PH1, and the state in which the leading edge of the next tape 24b is in contact with the gate 74 is maintained.
  • step ST28 the setup section 137 determines whether or not the worker has completed the work. Upon receiving two signals, the switch signal from the switch 23g and the detection signal from the first sensor PH1, the setup section 137 determines that the work by the worker has been completed. If the two signals are not received, the setup section 137 determines that the work by the worker has not been completed (No in step ST28), and executes step ST28 again after a predetermined period of time has elapsed.
  • step ST29 the setup unit 137 sets up the next tapes 24b of all the component supply units 23 that require setup of the next tapes 24b. Determine whether the work has been completed.
  • the setup section 137 determines that the setup work for the next tape 24b has not been completed (No in step ST29)
  • the process is repeated again from step ST1.
  • the setup section 137 determines that the setup work for the next tape 24b is completed (Yes in step ST29)
  • the setup section 137 causes the monitor 133 of the setup station 94 to display a message for the setup work for the next tape 24b. The operator is notified of the completion of the setup work for the next tape 24b.
  • FIG. 32 is an explanatory diagram showing the configuration of the component mounting apparatus 1. As shown in FIG.
  • the component depletion determination unit 144 of the main body control unit 17 determines whether or not the current tape 24a has run out of components. Empty pockets 53 continue on the downstream end of the carrier tape 24 . Therefore, when the nozzle 13a of the mounting head 13 fails to pick up the component 5 from the current tape 24a a predetermined number of times in succession, the component depletion determining unit 144 determines that the component is depleted.
  • the remaining number of components in the cassette management information 111 may be used for determination. Since there is a possibility of an erroneous judgment only with the above conditions, the judgment system can be improved by referring to the remaining number of parts.
  • the component depletion determining unit 144 determines that the component is depleted under the above-described conditions if the remaining number of components is equal to or less than the predetermined number. If there are many remaining parts, it is determined that there is no shortage of parts.
  • the parts shortage determination unit 144 may determine whether or not the current tape 24a has run out of parts based only on the remaining number of parts in the cassette management information 111 .
  • the operation control unit 143 discharges the empty current tape 24a, controls the driving unit 62c of the component supply unit 23, and supplies the next tape. 24b is used as the next current tape 24a, and the switching operation is performed.
  • the information updating unit 145 like the information updating unit 165, updates the information of the wireless tag 28 at the timing when the next tape 24b is pulled in and becomes the current tape 24a.
  • the cassette management information 111 of the management device 92 is also updated.
  • FIG. 33 is a flow chart showing the flow of information update processing in the component mounting apparatus 1.
  • a component supply step is performed to transport the current tape 24a of the receiving cassette 22A and supply the components 5 to the component pick-up position 23ba. Before long, all the parts packed by the current tape 24a are supplied, and the current tape 24a runs out of parts.
  • the component depletion determining unit 144 determines that the current tape 24a has run out of components, it transmits a determination signal and the mounting location (component supply position number) of the component supply unit 23 in which the current tape 24a is set to the operation control unit. 143.
  • the operation control section 143 transmits a tape switching command to the corresponding component supply unit 23 .
  • the component supply unit 23 advances the next tape 24b and starts switching operation to change the next tape 24b to the current tape 24a (Yes in step ST32).
  • the component supply unit 23 performs a tape loading step in which the next tape 24b is loaded from the storage cassette 22B.
  • the operation control unit 143 does not receive the determination signal from the component depletion determination unit 144, it does not transmit the tape switching command to the component supply unit 23, so the switching operation to change the next tape 24b to the current tape 24a is not started. (Yes in step ST32), the component supply unit 23 continues the component supply step from the current tape 24a.
  • step ST33 the information updating unit 145 updates the component supply position number of the component supply unit 23 whose switching operation of the next tape 24b is started from the mounting location (component supply position number) transmitted from the component depletion determination unit 144. Identify. Further, the information updating unit 145 recognizes that the component supply unit 23 has started conveying the carrier tape 24 from the storage cassette 22B based on the signal indicating the mounting location transmitted from the component depletion determination unit 144 . The information updating unit 145 further identifies the reader/writer 29 a and the reader/writer 29 b associated with the identified component supply unit 23 based on the connection information 152 .
  • step ST34 the information updating section 145 copies the component information read from the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B as the component information of the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A.
  • the part information is copied using the reader/writer 29a and the reader/writer 29b connected to the connection port belonging to the part supply position number identified in step ST33.
  • the information to be copied all of the information contained in the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A may be copied as long as it contains the parts information, or part of the parts information may be copied.
  • the information updating section 145 updates the information stored in the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A through the reader/writer 29a. Update.
  • the timing at which the information updating unit 145 interlocks with the start of transport of the carrier tape 24, that is, the timing at which the information is updated is a predetermined time after the start of the switching operation using a timer from the start of the switching operation of the next tape 24b. It may be any timing before or just before the leading component 5 reaches the component picking position 23ba.
  • step ST35 the information update section 145 erases the component information of the wireless tag 28 of the empty storage cassette 22B.
  • step ST36 the information update section 145 further updates the cassette management information 111 stored in the storage section 105 of the management device 92. In this way, the information update by tape switching is completed.
  • the information updating unit 145 copies the component information read from the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B in accordance with the switching operation of the next tape 24b as the component information of the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A.
  • a different method may be used to update the part information of the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A.
  • the component information (component ID) of the storage cassette 22B having the same component supply position number as the component supply position number of the receiving cassette 22A whose component information is to be updated in the cassette management information 111 is read, and the read component The information (part ID) may be copied onto the radio tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A.
  • FIG. 34 is a diagram showing a configuration related to parts replenishment work.
  • the component replenishment work support device 98 supports the component replenishment work of installing the storage cassette 22B containing the replenishment carrier tape 24 in the cassette mounting portion 46a.
  • the component replenishment work support device 98 includes a storage unit 105 or 142 storing setup information regarding the arrangement of the components 5 on the cassette base 46, a component replenishment instruction unit 103, a replenishment cassette detection unit 171, and a replenishment cassette determination unit 172. Configured. In the following description, the component replenishment work support device 98 is described as a component of the component mounting device 1, but may be configured as a separate device from the component mounting device 1. FIG.
  • the management device 92 refers to the production program 112 and the production results 113 to recognize the remaining number of parts required to produce the planned number of mounting boards.
  • the management device 92 acquires from the production program 112 the planned production number of mounted boards and the number of each component 5 to be mounted on one board 4 (the number of components per board).
  • the actual production record 113 includes the number of substrates 4 on which component mounting work has been completed (number of production).
  • the management device 92 obtains the remaining number of necessary parts from the planned production quantity, the number of parts per board, and the production quantity.
  • the management device 92 refers to the remaining number of required parts and the remaining number of parts of the roll body 25 stored in the receiving cassette 22A and the storage cassette 22B with reference to the cassette management information 111.
  • the parts replenishment instruction unit 103 selects replenishable parts from the actual production record 113, the production program 112 (scheduled production quantity), the remaining number of parts, and the state of the parts supply unit 23. Identify. When the parts that can be replenished are identified, the parts replenishment instruction unit 103 notifies the worker by transmitting information indicating the contents of the parts replenishment work to the portable information terminal 95 carried by the worker. When replacing the storage cassette 22B or removing the carrier tape 24 from the roll body 25 stored in the storage cassette 22B and inserting it into the component supply unit 23 by an automatic replenishment means such as a transport robot instead of the operator, a component replenishment instruction is issued. A unit 103 instructs the automatic replenishment means to replenish parts.
  • the supply unit state detection section 146 of the main body control section 17 detects the component supply unit 23 in a state capable of holding the next tape 24b. Such a component supply unit 23 is in the state shown in FIG. 16(b), or is the component supply unit 23 in which no carrier tape 24 is attached.
  • the parts replenishment support unit 147 includes a replenishment cassette detection unit 171 , a replenishment cassette determination unit 172 , and a replenishment permission unit 173 .
  • the supplementary cassette detection unit 171 detects the attachment of the storage cassette 22B to the storage cassette attachment unit 39. Similar to the cassette detection section 161, the supplementary cassette detection section 171 also detects that the storage cassette 22B is attached to the storage cassette attachment section 39 using the wireless tag detection function of the reader/writers 29a and 29b. Further, the supplementary cassette detection unit 171 identifies the position (mounting location) of the mounted storage cassette 22B based on the cassette detection signal received from the reader/writer 29b. By referring to the connection information 152, the cassette detection unit 161 identifies the component supply position number corresponding to the connection port to which the cassette detection signal has been sent as information indicating the mounting position of the storage cassette 22B.
  • the replenishment cassette determination unit 172 determines whether or not the storage cassette 22B attached to the storage cassette attachment unit 39 by the operator contains the correct carrier tape 24 . For example, the replenishment cassette determination unit 172 compares the position where the storage cassette 22B is installed, the component information acquired from the wireless tag 28 of the installed storage cassette 22B, and the setup information defined in the production program 112. to determine whether or not the installed storage cassette 22B is correct. Another determination method by the replenishment cassette determination unit 172 is to read the parts information stored in the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B and the parts information stored in the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A, and may be compared to determine if the appropriate storage cassette 22B has been installed.
  • the replenishment permission unit 173 instructs the unit control unit 64 of the component supply unit 23 to set the carrier tape 24 in the storage cassette 22B. Send a permission signal to indicate acceptance permission.
  • FIG. 35 is a flowchart showing the processing (parts replenishment work) of the parts replenishment support unit 147 during the parts replenishment work. Note that the flowchart of FIG. 35 assumes that the operator performs the parts replenishment work. In principle, the flow chart uses the parts information stored in the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B and the parts information stored in the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A to determine the storage cassette 22B by the replenishment cassette determination unit 172. are assumed to be compared.
  • the parts replenishment instruction unit 103 of the management device 92 When the parts replenishment instruction unit 103 of the management device 92 identifies replenishable parts, it transmits information indicating the details of the parts replenishment work to the portable information terminal 95 carried by the worker. The operator confirms the contents of the parts replenishment work displayed on the portable information terminal 95, and selects the empty storage cassette 22B mounted in the storage cassette mounting section 39 of the designated parts supply section 3 and the parts to be replenished. Replace with the stored storage cassette 22B. As a result of this replacement, the supplementary cassette detection section 171 detects that a new storage cassette 22B has been attached to the storage cassette attachment section 39 in step ST41. If the supplementary cassette detection unit 171 has not detected that a new storage cassette 22B has been installed in the storage cassette installation unit 39 (No in step ST41), it waits until the replacement is completed.
  • the supplementary cassette detection unit 171 detects the mounting of the storage cassette 22B (Yes in step ST41), the mounting location of the storage cassette 22B is identified in step ST42.
  • the supplementary cassette detector 171 refers to the connection information 152 to specify the component supply position number corresponding to the connection port to which the cassette detection signal has been sent as information indicating the mounting position of the mounted tape cassette 22 .
  • step ST43 the supplementary cassette determination unit 172 reads the component information of the storage cassette 22B via the reader/writer 29b.
  • step ST44 the supplementary cassette determination unit 172 reads the component information of the receiving cassette 22A via the reader/writer 29a.
  • step ST45 the replenishment cassette determination unit 172 determines whether or not there is component information on the receiving cassette 22A. If there is no parts information for the receiving cassette 22A (Yes in step ST45), the parts information stored in the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B is compared with the parts information stored in the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A. In this case, the setup information of the production program 112 is referred to in step ST51.
  • step ST45 determines whether there is component information for the receiving cassette 22A (NO in step ST45), or if the supplementary cassette determination section 172 refers to the setup information in step ST51, in step ST46, The supplementary cassette determination unit 172 determines whether the parts information of the receiving cassette 22A matches the parts information of the storage cassette 22B.
  • the replenishment cassette determination unit 172 determines that the corresponding relationship between the mounting location (component supply position number) of the mounted storage cassette 22B and the read component information is the contents of the setup information of the production program 112. It is determined whether or not it matches with
  • step ST47 the component replenishment support unit 147 lights the lamp 23f of the component supply unit 23 to which the component 5 is to be replenished and notifies the operator.
  • the component replenishment support section 147 and the lamp 23f constitute a replenishment target notification section that notifies the operator of the component supply unit 23 in which the carrier tape 24 of the storage cassette 22B should be set.
  • step ST48 the replenishment permission section 173 transmits a permission signal for loading the carrier tape 24 to the unit control section 64 of the component supply unit 23.
  • step ST49 the parts replenishment support unit 147 determines whether or not the parts replenishment work by the worker has been completed. If the completion of the work cannot be confirmed (No in step ST49), the parts replenishment support unit 147 waits for an instruction to complete the work from the worker. When the worker presses the switch 23g and the parts replenishment support unit 147 can confirm the completion of the work (Yes in step ST49), in step ST50, the parts replenishment instruction unit 103 determines whether or not there is a part replenishment work for other parts. judge.
  • step ST50 If there is another part 5 to be replenished (Yes in step ST50), the process from step ST41 is repeated. If there is no replenishment of the next part 5 (No in step ST50), the part replenishment work is terminated.
  • step ST46 if there is no match in step ST46 (No in step ST46), a message is displayed on the portable information terminal 95 to instruct the installation location of the storage cassette 22B to be confirmed in step ST52.
  • step ST53 when the supplementary cassette detection unit 171 detects removal of the cassette (Yes in step ST53), the process of step ST50 is performed. If removal of the cassette has not been detected (No in step ST53), the process of step ST52 is performed again.
  • the flowchart after the change deletes the processing of steps ST44 and ST45, and is changed so that the processing is performed in the order of step ST51 and step ST46 following step ST43.
  • the processing contents of steps ST51 and ST46 are the same as those described above. In this way, it is also possible to unify the determination of the storage cassette 22B by the replenishment cassette determination unit 172 to the method of comparing it with the information of the production program 112 .
  • the component mounting apparatus 1 of this embodiment is a cassette having a space 41a for accommodating a roll body 25 of a carrier tape 24 packed with components 5 and an opening 41b through which at least the roll body 25 can be taken in and out from the space 41a.
  • a receiving cassette 22A and a storage cassette 22B provided with a wireless tag 28, and the carrier tape 24 of the receiving cassette 22A are conveyed to supply the component 5 to the component pick-up position 23ba, followed by the carrier tape 24 and the storage cassette 22B.
  • a component supply unit 23 for conveying the carrier tape 24 and supplying the components 5 to the component pick-up position 23ba; a mounting slot 31a for mounting the component supply unit 23;
  • a supply unit base 31 provided with a plurality of supply unit mounting portions 31b having a side connector 30, and a plurality of component supply units 23 mounted on the supply unit base 31 pick up components 5 from component take-out positions 23ba and mount them on a board 4.
  • the main body 2 having the mounting head 13, the receiving cassette 22A, and the storage cassette 22B are arranged in series along the conveying direction (Y direction) of the carrier tape 24 by the component supply unit 23 with their respective openings 41b facing each other, and A cassette base 46 in which a plurality of cassette mounting portions 46a for mounting storage cassettes 22B are arranged and mounted on the upstream side in the conveying direction are arranged in a direction perpendicular to the conveying direction, and arranged in one-to-one correspondence with the cassette mounting portions 46a.
  • a reader/writer 29a that communicates with the wireless tag of the receiving cassette 22A mounted on one cassette mounting portion 46a is arranged in one-to-one correspondence with the cassette mounting portion 46a and mounted on one cassette mounting portion 46a.
  • the body control unit 17 accesses the wireless tags 28 of the receiving cassette 22A and the storage cassette 22B through the reader/writer 29a and a plurality of reader/writers 29b.
  • the body control unit 17 can ensure the traceability of the roll body 25 moving from the receiving cassette 22A to the storage cassette 22B. can.
  • the main control unit 17 updates the information stored in the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A through the reader/writer 29a in conjunction with the start of the transport of the carrier tape 24 from the storage cassette 22B by the component supply unit 23. . Thereby, the traceability of the roll body 25 moving from the storage cassette 22B into the receiving cassette 22A can be ensured.
  • the main control unit 17 reads and copies the information of the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B via the reader/writer 29b. Even in this way, the traceability of the roll body 25 moving from the storage cassette 22B to the receiving cassette 22A can be ensured.
  • the main body control section 17 selects a communication destination based on ports individually assigned to the plurality of unit base side connectors 30, the plurality of reader/writers 29a, and the plurality of reader/writers 29b, and selects one unit base side connector 30.
  • each wireless tag 28 communicated with each reader/writer 29a, 29b can be associated with each component supply unit 23, and the main body control unit 17 can correspond to the component information in the wireless tag 28.
  • the parts to be supplied by the parts supply unit 23 can be confirmed.
  • the main body control unit 17 connects the reader/writer 29a and the reader/writer 29b associated with the component supply unit 23 to the connection information 152.
  • the information read from the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B is read by the specified reader/writer 29b, and the information read from the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B is sent to the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A through the specified reader/writer 29a.
  • the part information of the roll body 25 is updated at the timing of moving to 22B, and traceability can be ensured with higher accuracy.
  • the component mounting system 91 in the above-described embodiment includes the setup station 94, the configuration is not limited to this, and the configuration without the setup station 94 is also possible. If the component mounting system 91 does not have the setup station 94, the setup work is performed in a state where the line of the component mounting device 1 is stopped and the component supply unit 3 is connected to the main unit 2 of the component mounting device 1. may be performed.
  • a component mounting apparatus can be applied to a component mounting apparatus that supplies components using a roll body in which a carrier tape containing components is wound into a roll.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Supply And Installment Of Electrical Components (AREA)

Abstract

This component-mounting device comprises: a first cassette and a second cassette provided with a wireless tag; a first wireless communication unit that is disposed in one-to-one correspondence with a cassette-mounting unit that arranges and mounts the first cassette and the second cassette in series along the transport direction of a carrier tape, and that communicates with the wireless tag of the first cassette; a second wireless communication unit that communicates with the wireless tag of the second cassette that is mounted in one cassette-mounting unit; and a control unit that controls a component supply unit and a body part connected to a connector to control component-mounting work using a mounting head. The control unit accesses the wireless tags of the first cassette and the second cassette through the first wireless communication unit and a plurality of the second wireless communication units.

Description

部品搭載装置Parts mounting device
 本開示は、部品を収納したキャリアテープから部品をピックアップして基板に搭載する部品搭載装置に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a component mounting device that picks up components from a carrier tape containing components and mounts them on a substrate.
 従来、基板に部品を搭載する部品搭載装置に用いられる部品供給ユニットとして、部品を収納したキャリアテープを搬送して所定の部品供給口に部品を供給するテープフィーダが知られている。キャリアテープはテープ保持体としてのリールの巻芯に巻き付けられており、キャリアテープの運搬や保管及び部品供給ユニットに対するセット等はリールに巻き付けられた状態のまま行われる。 Conventionally, a tape feeder that conveys a carrier tape containing components and supplies the components to a predetermined component supply port is known as a component supply unit used in a component mounting apparatus that mounts components on a substrate. The carrier tape is wound around a core of a reel as a tape holder, and the carrier tape is transported, stored, set in the component supply unit, and the like while being wound around the reel.
 また、上記リールのようなテープ保持体をなくし、キャリアテープを無芯の状態で円盤状に巻いたロール体の状態で運搬、保管及びテープフィーダに対するセット等を行うようにすることも提案されている(例えば、下記の特許文献1)。特許文献1では、一部が開口したケース状のカセットにロール体を格納し、そのロール体を格納したカセットをテープフィーダに併設できるようになっている。 It has also been proposed to omit the tape holder such as the reel described above, and to transport, store, and set a tape feeder in the form of a roll body in which the carrier tape is wound in a disk shape without a core. (For example, Patent Document 1 below). In Patent Document 1, a roll body is stored in a case-shaped cassette with a part opened, and the cassette storing the roll body can be installed side by side with a tape feeder.
国際公開第2020/202737号WO2020/202737
 従来の部品搭載装置において、カセット間をロール体が移動することでロール体のトレーサビリティが不明になることがあった。  In conventional component mounting equipment, the traceability of the roll body was sometimes unclear due to the movement of the roll body between cassettes.
 従って、本開示の目的は、上記従来の課題を解決することにあって、ロール体のトレーサビリティを確保することができる部品搭載装置を提供することにある。 Accordingly, an object of the present disclosure is to solve the conventional problems described above and to provide a component mounting apparatus capable of ensuring traceability of roll bodies.
 本開示の部品搭載装置は、部品を梱包したキャリアテープのロール体を収納する空間と少なくともロール体を空間から出し入れ可能な開口を有するカセットであって無線タグを設けた第1のカセット及び第2のカセットと、第1のカセットのキャリアテープを搬送して部品取り出し位置に部品を供給し、キャリアテープに続けて第2のカセットのキャリアテープを搬送して部品取り出し位置に部品を供給する部品供給ユニットと、部品供給ユニットを装着するための装着スロットと部品供給ユニットに電気的に接続されるコネクタを有する供給ユニット装着部を複数設けた供給ユニットベースと、供給ユニットベースに装着された複数の部品供給ユニットの部品取り出し位置から部品をピックアップして基板に搭載する搭載ヘッドを有する部品搭載部と、第1のカセットと第2のカセットを、それぞれの開口を向かい合わせて部品供給ユニットによるキャリアテープの搬送方向(Y方向)に沿って直列、且つ、第2のカセットを搬送方向上流側に配置して装着するカセット装着部を搬送方向に対して直交する方向に複数並べて設けたカセットベースと、カセット装着部に1対1で対応させて配置され、1つのカセット装着部に装着された第1のカセットの無線タグと通信する第1の無線通信部と、カセット装着部に1対1で対応させて配置され、1つのカセット装着部に装着された第2のカセットの無線タグと通信する第2の無線通信部と、コネクタに接続された部品供給ユニットと部品搭載部を制御して搭載ヘッドによる部品搭載作業を制御する制御部を備え、制御部は第1の無線通信部と複数の第2の無線通信部を通じて第1のカセット及び第2のカセットの無線タグにアクセスする。 A component mounting apparatus of the present disclosure includes a first cassette and a second cassette having a space for storing a roll of carrier tape packed with components and an opening through which at least the roll can be taken in and out of the space, and provided with a wireless tag. and the carrier tape of the first cassette are conveyed to supply the components to the component pick-up position, and then the carrier tape is conveyed and the carrier tape of the second cassette is conveyed to supply the components to the component pick-up position. a unit, a supply unit base provided with a plurality of supply unit mounting portions having a mounting slot for mounting the component supply unit and a connector electrically connected to the component supply unit, and a plurality of components mounted on the supply unit base A component mounting unit having a mounting head that picks up components from a component picking position of the supply unit and mounts them on a substrate, and a first cassette and a second cassette are placed facing each other with their respective openings facing each other, and a carrier tape is applied by the component supply unit. a cassette base provided with a plurality of cassette mounting portions arranged in a direction orthogonal to the conveying direction in series along the conveying direction (Y direction) and having a second cassette mounted on the upstream side in the conveying direction; A first wireless communication unit arranged in one-to-one correspondence with the mounting unit and communicating with the wireless tag of the first cassette mounted in one cassette mounting unit, and a one-to-one correspondence with the cassette mounting unit. a second wireless communication unit arranged in a cassette mounting unit and communicating with the wireless tag of the second cassette mounted in one cassette mounting unit; A control unit for controlling component mounting work is provided, and the control unit accesses the wireless tags of the first cassette and the second cassette through the first wireless communication unit and the plurality of second wireless communication units.
 本開示によれば、ロール体のトレーサビリティを確保することができる部品搭載装置を提供することができる。 According to the present disclosure, it is possible to provide a component mounting apparatus that can ensure the traceability of roll bodies.
一実施の形態におけるテープカセットを備えた部品搭載装置の要部側面図FIG. 1 is a side view of a main part of a component mounting device provided with a tape cassette according to one embodiment; 一実施の形態における部品搭載装置の部品供給部の側面図FIG. 2 is a side view of a component supply section of a component mounting apparatus according to one embodiment; 一実施の形態における部品搭載装置の部品供給部の平面図1 is a plan view of a component supply section of a component mounting apparatus according to one embodiment; FIG. 一実施の形態における部品搭載装置の部品供給部の正面図The front view of the component supply part of the component mounting apparatus in one embodiment. 一実施の形態における部品搭載装置の部品供給部の側面図FIG. 2 is a side view of a component supply section of a component mounting apparatus according to one embodiment; 一実施の形態におけるテープカセットの斜視図1 is a perspective view of a tape cassette according to one embodiment; FIG. 一実施の形態におけるキャリアテープの斜視図The perspective view of the carrier tape in one embodiment 一実施の形態における部品供給ユニットの構成を示す図FIG. 2 shows a configuration of a component supply unit according to one embodiment; 予備テープの放出を示す図Diagram showing release of spare tape シャッターユニットの構成を示す側面図Side view showing the configuration of the shutter unit シャッターユニットの動作を示す側面図Side view showing the operation of the shutter unit シャッターユニットの動作を示す側面図Side view showing the operation of the shutter unit 露出部の構成を示す側面図Side view showing the structure of the exposed part 露出部の動作を示す側面図Side view showing the operation of the exposed part 部品供給ユニット内のキャリアテープの搬送を説明する図The figure explaining conveyance of the carrier tape in a components supply unit. 部品供給ユニット内のキャリアテープの搬送を説明する図The figure explaining conveyance of the carrier tape in a components supply unit. 部品供給ユニット内のキャリアテープの搬送を説明する図The figure explaining conveyance of the carrier tape in a components supply unit. テープカセットの側視断面図Side sectional view of a tape cassette 部品供給部の一部の側視断面図Side cross-sectional view of part of the parts supply unit 部品実装システムの構成を示す図Diagram showing the configuration of the component mounting system 段取りステーションの構成を示す図Diagram showing the configuration of the setup station 部品搭載装置の構成を示す図Diagram showing the configuration of the component mounting device 接続情報の一例を示す図Diagram showing an example of connection information カセット準備ステーションの構成を示す図Diagram showing configuration of cassette preparation station カセット管理情報の一例を示す図A diagram showing an example of cassette management information 段取りステーションの構成を示す図Diagram showing the configuration of the setup station カレントテープの段取り作業の流れを示すフローチャートFlowchart showing the flow of setup work for the current tape カレントテープの段取り作業を示す工程図Process drawing showing setup work for current tape カレントテープの段取り作業を示す工程図Process drawing showing setup work for current tape ネクストテープの段取り作業の流れを示すフローチャートFlowchart showing the flow of setup work for the next tape ネクストテープの段取り作業を示す工程図Process diagram showing setup work for the next tape 本体制御部の構成を示す図Diagram showing the configuration of the main body control unit 部品搭載装置でのテープ切り替え時のタグ情報の更新の流れを示すフローチャートFlowchart showing the flow of updating tag information when switching tapes in a component mounting device 本体制御部の構成を示す図Diagram showing the configuration of the main body control unit 部品補充作業の流れを示すフローチャートFlowchart showing the flow of parts replenishment work
 本開示の第1態様によれば、部品を梱包したキャリアテープのロール体を収納する空間と少なくともロール体を空間から出し入れ可能な開口を有するカセットであって無線タグを設けた第1のカセット及び第2のカセットと、第1のカセットのキャリアテープを搬送して部品取り出し位置に部品を供給し、キャリアテープに続けて第2のカセットのキャリアテープを搬送して部品取り出し位置に部品を供給する部品供給ユニットと、部品供給ユニットを装着するための装着スロットと部品供給ユニットに電気的に接続されるコネクタを有する供給ユニット装着部を複数設けた供給ユニットベースと、供給ユニットベースに装着された複数の部品供給ユニットの部品取り出し位置から部品をピックアップして基板に搭載する搭載ヘッドを有する部品搭載部と、第1のカセットと第2のカセットを、それぞれの開口を向かい合わせて部品供給ユニットによるキャリアテープの搬送方向(Y方向)に沿って直列、且つ、第2のカセットを搬送方向上流側に配置して装着するカセット装着部を搬送方向に対して直交する方向に複数並べて設けたカセットベースと、カセット装着部に1対1で対応させて配置され、1つのカセット装着部に装着された第1のカセットの無線タグと通信する第1の無線通信部と、カセット装着部に1対1で対応させて配置され、1つのカセット装着部に装着された第2のカセットの無線タグと通信する第2の無線通信部と、コネクタに接続された部品供給ユニットと部品搭載部を制御して搭載ヘッドによる部品搭載作業を制御する制御部を備え、制御部は第1の無線通信部と複数の第2の無線通信部を通じて第1のカセット及び第2のカセットの無線タグにアクセスする、部品搭載装置を提供する。 According to the first aspect of the present disclosure, a first cassette having a space for storing a roll body of carrier tape packed with components and an opening through which at least the roll body can be taken in and out of the space, and provided with a wireless tag; The second cassette and the carrier tape of the first cassette are conveyed to supply the components to the component pick-up position, and the carrier tape of the second cassette is conveyed following the carrier tape to supply the components to the component pick-up position. a component supply unit; a supply unit base provided with a plurality of supply unit mounting portions having a mounting slot for mounting the component supply unit and a connector electrically connected to the component supply unit; A component mounting section having a mounting head for picking up components from the component picking position of the component supply unit and mounting them on the substrate, and the first cassette and the second cassette are placed in a carrier by the component supply unit with their respective openings facing each other. A cassette base provided with a plurality of cassette mounting portions arranged in series along the tape transport direction (Y direction) and arranged in a direction orthogonal to the transport direction for mounting a second cassette arranged upstream in the transport direction. , a first wireless communication unit arranged in one-to-one correspondence with the cassette loading unit and communicating with the wireless tag of the first cassette loaded in one cassette loading unit; A second wireless communication unit arranged to correspond to each other and communicating with a wireless tag of a second cassette mounted in one cassette mounting unit, and a component supply unit and a component mounting unit connected to the connector are controlled and mounted. A component mounting comprising a control unit for controlling component mounting work by the head, wherein the control unit accesses the wireless tags of the first cassette and the second cassette through the first wireless communication unit and the plurality of second wireless communication units. Provide equipment.
 制御部は第1の無線通信部と第2の無線通信部を通じて第1のカセット及び第2のカセットの無線タグにアクセスすることで、第1のカセットから第2のカセットへ移動するロール体のトレーサビリティを確保することができる。 The control unit accesses the wireless tags of the first cassette and the second cassette through the first wireless communication unit and the second wireless communication unit, so that the roll body moves from the first cassette to the second cassette. Traceability can be ensured.
 本開示の第2の態様によれば、制御部は、部品供給ユニットが第2のカセットからキャリアテープの搬送を開始するのに連動して第1の無線通信部を通じて第1のカセットの無線タグに記憶されている情報を更新する、第1態様に記載の部品搭載装置を提供する。 According to the second aspect of the present disclosure, the control unit transmits the wireless tag of the first cassette through the first wireless communication unit in conjunction with the component supply unit starting to transport the carrier tape from the second cassette. to update information stored in a component mounting apparatus according to the first aspect.
 本開示の第3の態様によれば、制御部は、第1のカセットの無線タグの情報を更新する場合は、第2のカセットの無線タグの情報を第2の無線通信部を介して読み取ってコピーする、第2態様に記載の部品搭載装置を提供する。 According to the third aspect of the present disclosure, when updating the information of the wireless tag of the first cassette, the control unit reads the information of the wireless tag of the second cassette via the second wireless communication unit. The component mounting apparatus according to the second aspect is provided, which copies by
 本開示の第4の態様によれば、制御部は、複数のコネクタと複数の第1の無線通信部と複数の第2の無線通信部に個別に割り当てられた接続情報に基づいて通信先を選択し、1つのコネクタの接続情報に対して1つの第1の無線通信部の接続情報と1つの第2の無線通信部の接続情報を関連付けた接続情報を記憶した記憶部を有する、
、第1態様に記載の部品搭載装置を提供する。
According to the fourth aspect of the present disclosure, the control unit selects communication destinations based on connection information individually assigned to the plurality of connectors, the plurality of first wireless communication units, and the plurality of second wireless communication units. a storage unit that stores connection information that is selected and associates connection information of one first wireless communication unit and connection information of one second wireless communication unit with connection information of one connector;
, provides a component mounting apparatus according to the first aspect.
 本開示の第5の態様によれば、制御部は、部品供給ユニットが第2のカセットからキャリアテープの搬送を開始した旨の信号を受信すると部品供給ユニットに関連する第1の無線通信部と第2の無線通信部を接続情報に基づいて特定し、特定した第2の無線通信部で第2のカセットの無線タグの情報を読み出し、第2のカセットの無線タグから読み取った情報を特定された第1の無線通信部を通じて第1のカセットの無線タグに書き込む、第4態様に記載の部品搭載装置を提供する。 According to a fifth aspect of the present disclosure, when the control unit receives a signal indicating that the component supply unit has started conveying the carrier tape from the second cassette, the control unit communicates with the first wireless communication unit associated with the component supply unit. The second wireless communication unit is specified based on the connection information, the specified second wireless communication unit reads the information of the wireless tag of the second cassette, and the information read from the wireless tag of the second cassette is specified. The component mounting apparatus according to the fourth aspect writes to the wireless tag of the first cassette through the first wireless communication unit.
 以下、本開示に係る部品搭載装置の例示的な実施形態について、添付の図面を参照しながら説明する。本開示は、以下の実施形態の具体的な構成に限定されるものではなく、同様の技術的思想に基づく構成が本開示に含まれる。 An exemplary embodiment of a component mounting apparatus according to the present disclosure will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. The present disclosure is not limited to the specific configurations of the following embodiments, and includes configurations based on similar technical ideas.
 (実施の形態)
 まず、本開示の実施の形態の部品搭載装置1について図1及び図2を参照して説明する。図1は、テープカセットを備えた部品搭載装置の要部側面図である。図2は、部品搭載装置の部品供給部の側面図である。
(Embodiment)
First, a component mounting apparatus 1 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 and 2. FIG. FIG. 1 is a side view of a main part of a component mounting device equipped with a tape cassette. FIG. 2 is a side view of the component supply section of the component mounting apparatus.
 部品搭載装置1は、上流工程の他の装置から搬入した基板4に部品5を搭載して下流工程の他の装置に搬出する一連の部品搭載作業を繰り返し実行する装置である。部品搭載装置1は、本体部2と部品供給部3とを備える。 The component mounting device 1 is a device that repeatedly performs a series of component mounting operations of mounting components 5 on a board 4 brought in from another device in an upstream process and carrying it out to another device in a downstream process. The component mounting apparatus 1 includes a main body portion 2 and a component supply portion 3 .
 図1において、本体部2は、基台11、基板搬送部12、搭載ヘッド13及びヘッド移動機構14を備える。また、本体部2は、図1には示されていないが、モニタ15、操作部16、及び本体制御部17も備える(図22参照)。基板搬送部12はコンベア機構を備え、上流工程の装置から受け取った基板4を水平方向に搬送して所定の作業位置に位置決めする。本実施の形態では、部品搭載装置1における基板4の搬送方向をX方向(横方向)とし、上下方向をZ方向とする。また、X方向とZ方向の双方に直交する方向をY方向(前後方向)とする。 In FIG. 1, the body section 2 includes a base 11, a substrate transfer section 12, a mounting head 13, and a head moving mechanism 14. The main unit 2 also includes a monitor 15, an operation unit 16, and a main unit control unit 17 (not shown in FIG. 1) (see FIG. 22). The substrate transfer section 12 has a conveyor mechanism, and horizontally transfers the substrate 4 received from the apparatus of the upstream process and positions it at a predetermined working position. In this embodiment, the direction in which the substrate 4 is conveyed in the component mounting apparatus 1 is the X direction (horizontal direction), and the vertical direction is the Z direction. A direction perpendicular to both the X direction and the Z direction is defined as the Y direction (front-rear direction).
 図1において、搭載ヘッド13は下方に延びた複数のノズル13aを備えており、各ノズル13aの下端に部品5を吸着する真空吸引力を発生させる。ヘッド移動機構14は例えばXYテーブルを備え、搭載ヘッド13をXY面内で移動させる。 In FIG. 1, the mounting head 13 has a plurality of downwardly extending nozzles 13a, and a vacuum suction force for sucking the component 5 is generated at the lower end of each nozzle 13a. The head moving mechanism 14 has an XY table, for example, and moves the mounting head 13 within the XY plane.
 図1及び図2において、部品供給部3は、台車21、テープカセット22及び部品供給ユニット23を備えている。テープカセット22は、キャリアテープ24が無芯の状態で円盤状に巻かれたロール体25を格納できるように構成されている(図6参照)。このように、テープカセット22はリールに巻かれていないロール体25を取り扱うものである。  In FIGS. 1 and 2, the component supply unit 3 includes a carriage 21, a tape cassette 22, and a component supply unit 23. The tape cassette 22 is configured to store a roll body 25 in which a carrier tape 24 is wound in a disc shape without a core (see FIG. 6). Thus, the tape cassette 22 handles the roll body 25 which is not wound on the reel.
 テープカセット22には、収納されているロール体25の部品情報が記録されて無線タグ28が取り付けられている。収納されるロール体25が変わるごとに、無線タグ28に記録されている部品情報も書き換えられる。 A wireless tag 28 is attached to the tape cassette 22 with component information of the stored roll body 25 recorded thereon. The part information recorded in the wireless tag 28 is also rewritten every time the roll body 25 to be accommodated is changed.
 図1において、基台11は、後方に延びるとともにX方向に対向して配置された一対の台車保持部11aを備える。一対の台車保持部11aは、基台11に近接した台車21の左右から挟んで保持することで台車21を基台11に固定する部材である。 In FIG. 1, the base 11 includes a pair of carriage holding portions 11a that extend rearward and are arranged facing each other in the X direction. The pair of carriage holding portions 11 a are members that fix the carriage 21 to the base 11 by sandwiching and holding the carriage 21 adjacent to the base 11 from the left and right sides.
 図3及び図4において、台車21の上部には供給ユニットベース31が設けられている。供給ユニットベース31の上面には部品供給ユニット23を装着するための装着スロット31aがY方向に延びて設けられている。部品供給ユニット23は部品搭載装置1の搭載ヘッド13に部品5を供給するものであり、例えば、テープフィーダである。部品供給ユニット23の下面に設けられたスライド突起23e(図5)を供給ユニットベース31の装着スロット31aにスライドさせることで、供給ユニットベース31に装着することができる。供給ユニットベース31には複数の装着スロット31aがX方向に並んで設けられている。これにより、供給ユニットベース31に複数の部品供給ユニット23をX方向に並べて装着することができる。  In FIGS. 3 and 4, a supply unit base 31 is provided on the top of the carriage 21. As shown in FIG. A mounting slot 31a for mounting the component supply unit 23 is provided on the upper surface of the supply unit base 31 so as to extend in the Y direction. The component supply unit 23 supplies the component 5 to the mounting head 13 of the component mounting apparatus 1, and is, for example, a tape feeder. The component supply unit 23 can be attached to the supply unit base 31 by sliding the slide projection 23e (FIG. 5) provided on the lower surface of the component supply unit 23 into the attachment slot 31a of the supply unit base 31. FIG. The supply unit base 31 is provided with a plurality of mounting slots 31a arranged side by side in the X direction. As a result, a plurality of component supply units 23 can be mounted side by side in the X direction on the supply unit base 31 .
 供給ユニットベース31の後面には、ユニットベース側コネクタ30が複数個装着されている。ユニットベース側コネクタ30は一つの装着スロット31aの延長線と重なる位置に1つ配置されている。部品供給ユニット23はユニット側コネクタ65(図8参照)を備えており、装着スロット31aに装着されるとユニット側コネクタ65とユニットベース側コネクタ30が接続される仕組みになっている。このように、供給ユニットベース31は部品供給ユニット23を装着するための供給ユニット装着部31b(図3及び図4において破線で図示)を複数備えた構造になっている。本実施の形態では、1つの供給ユニット装着部31bには1つの装着スロット31aとユニットベース側コネクタ30が含まれる。このように、本実施の形態の台車21は、部品供給ユニット23を装着するための装着スロット31aと部品供給ユニット23に電気的に接続されるコネクタ(ユニットベース側コネクタ30)を有する供給ユニット装着部31bを複数設けた供給ユニットベース31を備えている。 A plurality of unit base side connectors 30 are attached to the rear surface of the supply unit base 31 . One unit base side connector 30 is arranged at a position overlapping the extension line of one mounting slot 31a. The component supply unit 23 has a unit-side connector 65 (see FIG. 8), and when it is mounted in the mounting slot 31a, the unit-side connector 65 and the unit base-side connector 30 are connected. In this manner, the supply unit base 31 has a structure including a plurality of supply unit mounting portions 31b (illustrated by dashed lines in FIGS. 3 and 4) for mounting the component supply unit 23 thereon. In this embodiment, one supply unit mounting portion 31b includes one mounting slot 31a and unit base side connector 30. As shown in FIG. Thus, the carriage 21 of the present embodiment has a mounting slot 31a for mounting the component supply unit 23 and a connector (unit base side connector 30) electrically connected to the component supply unit 23. A supply unit base 31 having a plurality of portions 31b is provided.
 図1及び図2に示すように、台車21はフロア20上を移動自在な台車ベース32を備えている。図5に示すように、台車ベース32はその前部(右側)に供給ユニットベース31を下方から支持する支柱32aを、後部(左側)に全体として平板状に形成されたカセット載置台33を備えている。台車21は供給ユニットベース31とカセット載置台33に挟まれた空間に複数のテープカセット22を保持可能な構成となっている。台車ベース32上の前後方向の中間部には、上方に突出して延びた一対の下側ブラケット34がX方向に対向して設けられている。これら一対の下側ブラケット34には、X方向に延びた下側支持バー35の両端部が支持されている。 As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the carriage 21 has a carriage base 32 that is movable on the floor 20. As shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 5, the carriage base 32 has a column 32a for supporting the supply unit base 31 from below at its front portion (right side), and a cassette mounting table 33 formed in a flat plate shape as a whole at its rear portion (left side). ing. The carriage 21 is configured to hold a plurality of tape cassettes 22 in a space sandwiched between the supply unit base 31 and the cassette mounting table 33 . A pair of lower brackets 34 projecting upward are provided on the carriage base 32 at an intermediate portion in the front-rear direction so as to face each other in the X direction. Both ends of a lower support bar 35 extending in the X direction are supported by the pair of lower brackets 34 .
 図4及び図5において、供給ユニットベース31の下方には、下方に突出して延びた一対の上側ブラケット36がX方向に間隔をあけて複数個並んで設けられている。これら複数の上側ブラケット36には、これらを貫くようにX方向に延びた上側支持バー37が支持されている。上側支持バー37は、下側支持バー35の上方の位置を、下側支持バー35に対して平行に延びている。 4 and 5, below the supply unit base 31, a pair of upper brackets 36 projecting and extending downward are arranged side by side at intervals in the X direction. An upper support bar 37 extending in the X direction is supported by the plurality of upper brackets 36 so as to penetrate them. The upper support bar 37 extends parallel to the lower support bar 35 above the lower support bar 35 .
 台車21は供給ユニットベース31とカセット載置台33に挟まれた空間に複数のテープカセット22を保持可能な構成となっている。台車21は、カセット載置台33、下側支持バー35、上側支持バー37によって構成されるカセットベース46を有しており、このカセットベース46に複数のテープカセット22が保持される。カセットベース46は複数のカセット装着部46aを備えている。カセット装着部46aは、X方向に沿って複数設けられており、上側ブラケット36によってX方向に区分されている。 The carriage 21 is configured to be able to hold a plurality of tape cassettes 22 in a space sandwiched between the supply unit base 31 and the cassette mounting table 33. The carriage 21 has a cassette base 46 composed of a cassette mounting table 33, a lower support bar 35, and an upper support bar 37. The cassette base 46 holds a plurality of tape cassettes 22. As shown in FIG. The cassette base 46 has a plurality of cassette mounting portions 46a. A plurality of cassette mounting portions 46 a are provided along the X direction, and are divided in the X direction by the upper bracket 36 .
 このように、台車21は部品供給ユニット23を装着するための装着スロット31aと部品供給ユニット23に電気的に接続されるユニットベース側コネクタ30を有する供給ユニット装着部31bを複数設けた供給ユニットベース31と、カセット装着部46aをX方向に沿って複数並べて設けたカセットベース46とを備えている。 Thus, the carriage 21 is provided with a supply unit base provided with a plurality of supply unit mounting portions 31b having mounting slots 31a for mounting the component supply units 23 and unit base side connectors 30 electrically connected to the component supply units 23. 31, and a cassette base 46 having a plurality of cassette mounting portions 46a arranged along the X direction.
 供給ユニットベース31に装着された各部品供給ユニット23はいわゆるオートロードフィーダであり、部品供給ユニット23の後端部に設けられたテープ入口23a(図1)に挿入されたキャリアテープ24を前方に向けて搬送し、所定の位置の部品供給口23bにキャリアテープに保持された部品5を供給する。図1に示すように、テープ入口23aには部品供給ユニット23が現に搬送しているキャリアテープ24(カレントテープ24a)とは別に、カレントテープ24aの次に使用されるキャリアテープ24(ネクストテープ24b)を保持可能になっており、カレントテープ24aの部品が品切れになるとカレントテープ24aを排出してネクストテープ24bを自動で搬送し、ネクストテープ24bに保持された部品5を部品供給口23bに供給する。 Each component supply unit 23 attached to the supply unit base 31 is a so-called auto-load feeder, and a carrier tape 24 inserted into a tape inlet 23a (FIG. 1) provided at the rear end of the component supply unit 23 is forwardly loaded. Then, the component 5 held by the carrier tape is supplied to the component supply port 23b at a predetermined position. As shown in FIG. 1, at the tape inlet 23a, a carrier tape 24 (next tape 24b) to be used next to the current tape 24a is provided separately from the carrier tape 24 (current tape 24a) currently conveyed by the component supply unit 23. ), and when the parts on the current tape 24a run out, the current tape 24a is discharged, the next tape 24b is automatically conveyed, and the parts 5 held on the next tape 24b are supplied to the part supply port 23b. do.
 テープカセット22は、本実施の形態では、2つの使用形態で使用される。第1の使用形態は、カレントテープ24aのロール体25の受容部として使用されるものであり、台車ベース32とカセット載置台33とに跨って装着される。このようなカレントテープ24aのロール体25の受容部として使用されるテープカセット22を以下、「受容カセット22A」と称する(図1及び図2)。 The tape cassette 22 is used in two usage patterns in this embodiment. The first type of use is used as a receiving portion for the roll body 25 of the current tape 24a, and is mounted across the carriage base 32 and the cassette mounting table 33. As shown in FIG. The tape cassette 22 used as a receiving portion for the roll 25 of the current tape 24a is hereinafter referred to as a "receiving cassette 22A" (FIGS. 1 and 2).
 テープカセット22の第2の使用形態は、カレントテープ24aが部品切れとなった後に使用される補充用のキャリアテープ24であるネクストテープ24bのロール体25を格納しておく格納装置として使用されるものであり、カセット載置台33に装着される。このようなネクストテープ24bのロール体25の格納装置として使用されるテープカセット22を以下、「格納カセット22B」と称する(図1及び図2)。このように、受容カセット22Aと格納カセット22Bは同一構造を有するテープカセット22である。なお、本実施の形態では受容カセット22Aと格納カセット22Bとは同一構造のテープカセット22を使用しており、テープカセット22を受容カセット22Aとして使用する場合はカセット装着部46aに上下反転させて装着する。 A second mode of use of the tape cassette 22 is that it is used as a storage device for storing a roll body 25 of the next tape 24b, which is a supplementary carrier tape 24 to be used after the current tape 24a runs out of parts. and is mounted on the cassette mounting table 33 . The tape cassette 22 used as a storage device for the roll body 25 of the next tape 24b is hereinafter referred to as a "storage cassette 22B" (FIGS. 1 and 2). Thus, the receiving cassette 22A and the storage cassette 22B are tape cassettes 22 having the same structure. In the present embodiment, the receiving cassette 22A and the storage cassette 22B use tape cassettes 22 having the same structure. When the tape cassette 22 is used as the receiving cassette 22A, it is mounted upside down on the cassette mounting portion 46a. do.
 部品供給ユニット23のテープ入口23aには、カレントテープ24aが部品切れとなる前から、格納カセット22B内のロール体25から引き出されたキャリアテープ24(ネクストテープ24b)の先頭部を挿入しておくことができる。部品供給ユニット23は、カレントテープ24aの終端が部品供給ユニット23内の所定の位置を通過したことを検知した場合にはネクストテープ24bの搬送を開始する。これにより部品5は部品搭載装置1へ連続的に供給される。部品供給ユニット23は、受容カセット22Aのロール体25からキャリアテープ24を引き出して搭載ヘッド13に部品5を供給し、このキャリアテープ24に続けて格納カセット22Bのロール体25からキャリアテープ24を引き出して搭載ヘッド13に部品5を供給する。 The leading end of the carrier tape 24 (next tape 24b) pulled out from the roll body 25 in the storage cassette 22B is inserted into the tape inlet 23a of the component supply unit 23 before the current tape 24a runs out of components. be able to. When the component supply unit 23 detects that the end of the current tape 24a has passed a predetermined position in the component supply unit 23, it starts conveying the next tape 24b. Thereby, the components 5 are continuously supplied to the component mounting apparatus 1 . The component supply unit 23 pulls out the carrier tape 24 from the roll body 25 of the receiving cassette 22A, supplies the components 5 to the mounting head 13, and pulls out the carrier tape 24 from the roll body 25 of the storage cassette 22B following the carrier tape 24. to supply the component 5 to the mounting head 13.
 部品搭載装置1が部品搭載作業を行うときには、先ず、基板搬送部12が作動して外部から基板4を搬入し、所定の作業位置に位置決めする。基板搬送部12によって基板4が作業位置に位置決めされたら、部品供給ユニット23が部品供給口23bに部品5を供給する動作と、ヘッド移動機構14が搭載ヘッド13を移動させる動作との連動による搭載ターンを繰り返し実行する。 When the component mounting apparatus 1 performs the component mounting work, first, the board transfer section 12 operates to bring in the board 4 from the outside and position it at a predetermined work position. When the substrate 4 is positioned at the work position by the substrate transfer unit 12, the component supply unit 23 supplies the component 5 to the component supply port 23b, and the head moving mechanism 14 moves the mounting head 13 in conjunction with the mounting. Repeat turns.
 搭載ヘッド13は1つの搭載ターンにおいて、部品供給ユニット23の上方位置に移動してノズル13aで部品5を吸着(ピックアップ)した後、基板4の上方位置に移動し、部品5を基板4に搭載する一連の動作を行う。搭載ターンが繰り返し実行されることによって、基板4に搭載されるべき全ての部品5が搭載されたら、基板搬送部12が作動して、基板4を下流工程の装置に搬出する。これにより基板4の1枚当たりの部品搭載作業が終了する。 In one mounting turn, the mounting head 13 moves to a position above the component supply unit 23 and picks up the component 5 with the nozzle 13a. perform a series of actions to When all the components 5 to be mounted on the board 4 are mounted by repeating the mounting turns, the board transfer section 12 is operated to unload the board 4 to the equipment in the downstream process. This completes the component mounting work for each board 4 .
 次に、キャリアテープ24のロール体25の受容カセット22Aまたは格納カセット22Bとして使用されるテープカセット22の構成および台車21への装着手順について説明する。 Next, the configuration of the tape cassette 22 used as the receiving cassette 22A or the storage cassette 22B for the roll body 25 of the carrier tape 24 and the mounting procedure to the carriage 21 will be described.
 図6において、テープカセット22は、格納部41と、格納部41内に設けられた規制部としてのシャッタ42と無線タグ28を有している。格納部41は、U字状のフレーム43(図18も参照)と、このフレーム43の幅方向の両側に装着された一対のプレート部材(側板44)とを備えている。U字状のフレーム43と一対の側板44とによって囲まれた空間はロール体25を格納するための格納空間となっている。U字状のフレーム43は開口部を前方に向けており、このため格納部41の前方には開口部としての開口41bが形成された状態となっている。テープカセット22の格納部41内は、ロール体25が縦姿勢の状態で格納される。ここで「縦姿勢」とは、円盤状のロール体25の中心軸線CJをほぼ水平にした姿勢をいう。無線タグ28はフレーム43の底部に内蔵されている。無線タグ28には後述する部品情報等が無線通信部29によって読み書きされる。 In FIG. 6, the tape cassette 22 has a storage section 41, and a shutter 42 and a wireless tag 28 as a regulation section provided in the storage section 41. As shown in FIG. The storage unit 41 includes a U-shaped frame 43 (see also FIG. 18) and a pair of plate members (side plates 44) mounted on both sides of the frame 43 in the width direction. A space surrounded by the U-shaped frame 43 and the pair of side plates 44 serves as a storage space for storing the roll body 25 . The opening of the U-shaped frame 43 faces forward, so that an opening 41b is formed in front of the storage section 41 as an opening. In the storage portion 41 of the tape cassette 22, the roll body 25 is stored in a vertical posture. Here, the “vertical posture” refers to a posture in which the central axis line CJ of the disk-shaped roll body 25 is substantially horizontal. The wireless tag 28 is built into the bottom of the frame 43 . Parts information and the like, which will be described later, are read from and written to the wireless tag 28 by the wireless communication unit 29 .
 このように本実施の形態において、格納部41は、空間41aを取り囲むU字状のフレーム43と、空間41aの側方を覆うフレーム43に固定された一対の側板44(プレート部材)とを有し、格納部41は、ロール体25の外周面と対向する前方に開口41bを有する構成となっている。 Thus, in the present embodiment, the storage section 41 has a U-shaped frame 43 surrounding the space 41a and a pair of side plates 44 (plate members) fixed to the frame 43 covering the sides of the space 41a. The storage portion 41 has an opening 41b at the front facing the outer peripheral surface of the roll body 25. As shown in FIG.
 図5において、カセット載置台33の上面には、3つの格納カセット保持ピン33aがY方向に1列に並んで設けられている。これら3つの格納カセット保持ピン33aは1つのカセット保持ピン列33b(図3参照)構成しており、カセット載置台33の上面には、複数のカセット保持ピン列33bがX方向に複数並んで設けられている。 In FIG. 5, on the upper surface of the cassette mounting table 33, three storage cassette holding pins 33a are arranged in a row in the Y direction. These three storage cassette holding pins 33a constitute one cassette holding pin row 33b (see FIG. 3). It is
 各カセット保持ピン列33bの前方には、そのカセット保持ピン列33bと同軸上に、1つの受容カセット保持ピン33cが設けられている。すなわち、カセット載置台33の上面には、3つの格納カセット保持ピン33a(カセット保持ピン列33b)と1つ受容カセット保持ピン33cが一列に並んだピン列がX方向に複数並んで設けられている。 In front of each cassette holding pin row 33b, one receiving cassette holding pin 33c is provided coaxially with the cassette holding pin row 33b. That is, on the upper surface of the cassette mounting table 33, a plurality of pin rows in which three storage cassette holding pins 33a (cassette holding pin row 33b) and one receiving cassette holding pin 33c are arranged in a row are provided in the X direction. there is
 受容カセット22Aは、図5に示すように、格納カセット22Bの天地が反対、すなわち上下反転された状態で台車21に装着される。本実施の形態において、1つの受容カセット保持ピン33cと下側支持バー35および上側支持バー37は、受容カセット22Aが装着される受容カセット装着部38を構成している。このように、受容カセット装着部38は、テープカセット22を上下反転させた姿勢で受容カセット22Aとして部品搭載装置1に装着する。図2及び図5に示すように、上側ブラケット36には受容カセット装着部38に装着された受容カセット22Aの無線タグ28と無線通信可能な無線通信部29としてのリーダライタ29aが装着されている。このリーダライタ29aは1つの受容カセット装着部38に1個配置されている。 As shown in FIG. 5, the receiving cassette 22A is mounted on the carriage 21 with the storage cassette 22B turned upside down, that is, upside down. In this embodiment, one receiving cassette holding pin 33c, the lower support bar 35 and the upper support bar 37 constitute a receiving cassette mounting portion 38 to which the receiving cassette 22A is mounted. In this manner, the receiving cassette mounting section 38 mounts the tape cassette 22 to the component mounting apparatus 1 as the receiving cassette 22A with the tape cassette 22 turned upside down. As shown in FIGS. 2 and 5, the upper bracket 36 is equipped with a reader/writer 29a as a wireless communication section 29 capable of wirelessly communicating with the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A attached to the receiving cassette mounting section 38. . One reader/writer 29 a is arranged in one receiving cassette mounting portion 38 .
 格納カセット22Bは、図5及び図6に示すように、フレーム43の下部に設けられた3つのピン挿入部43bに、1つのカセット保持ピン列33bを構成する3つの格納カセット保持ピン33aが挿入されるようにして、カセット載置台33に装着される。このように本実施の形態において、カセット載置台33のカセット保持ピン列33b(Y方向に一列に並んだ3つの格納カセット保持ピン33a)が設けられた部分は、格納カセット22Bが装着される格納カセット装着部39を構成している。カセット装着部46aは、これら受容カセット装着部38と格納カセット装着部39とを含む。図2及び図5に示すように、カセット載置台33には格納カセット装着部39に装着された格納カセット22Bの無線タグ28と無線通信可能な無線通信部29としてのリーダライタ29bが装着されている。このリーダライタ29bは1つの格納カセット装着部39に1個配置されている。 In the storage cassette 22B, as shown in FIGS. 5 and 6, three storage cassette holding pins 33a constituting one cassette holding pin row 33b are inserted into three pin insertion portions 43b provided at the bottom of the frame 43. It is mounted on the cassette mounting table 33 in such a manner that As described above, in this embodiment, the portion of the cassette mounting table 33 provided with the cassette holding pin row 33b (three storage cassette holding pins 33a arranged in a row in the Y direction) is a storage pin to which the storage cassette 22B is mounted. It constitutes a cassette mounting portion 39 . The cassette mounting portion 46 a includes the receiving cassette mounting portion 38 and the storage cassette mounting portion 39 . As shown in FIGS. 2 and 5, the cassette mounting table 33 is equipped with a reader/writer 29b as a wireless communication unit 29 capable of wirelessly communicating with the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B attached to the storage cassette attachment unit 39. there is One reader/writer 29 b is arranged in one storage cassette mounting portion 39 .
 図5に示すように、受容カセット装着部38は、受容カセット22Aの開口41bを格納カセット装着部39に向けて受容カセット22Aを装着する。また、格納カセット装着部39は、格納カセット22Bの開口41bを受容カセット装着部38に装着された受容カセット22Aに向けて格納カセット22Bを装着する。このように、受容カセット22Aの開口41bと格納カセット22Bの開口41bを向かい合わせた状態で受容カセット22Aと格納カセット22Bを台車21に装着するので、格納カセット22Bに格納されたロール体25を受容カセット22Aに移動させることが可能になる。 As shown in FIG. 5, the receiving cassette mounting section 38 mounts the receiving cassette 22A with the opening 41b of the receiving cassette 22A facing the storage cassette mounting section 39. As shown in FIG. Further, the storage cassette mounting section 39 mounts the storage cassette 22B with the opening 41b of the storage cassette 22B directed toward the receiving cassette 22A mounted on the receiving cassette mounting section 38 . Since the receiving cassette 22A and the storage cassette 22B are mounted on the carriage 21 with the opening 41b of the receiving cassette 22A and the opening 41b of the storing cassette 22B facing each other, the roll body 25 stored in the storing cassette 22B is received. It becomes possible to move to the cassette 22A.
 また、受容カセット装着部38は、格納カセット装着部39に装着された格納カセット22Bよりも低い位置に受容カセット22Aを装着する。これによりロール体25の格納カセット22Bから受容カセット22Aへの移動をスムーズに行うとともに受容カセット22Aに収納されたロール体25が格納カセット22Bへ移動するのを防止する。 Also, the receiving cassette mounting section 38 mounts the receiving cassette 22A at a position lower than the storage cassette 22B mounted on the storage cassette mounting section 39 . As a result, the roll body 25 is smoothly moved from the storage cassette 22B to the receiving cassette 22A, and the roll body 25 stored in the receiving cassette 22A is prevented from moving to the storage cassette 22B.
 さらに、受容カセット装着部38は、受容カセット22Aを格納カセット装着部39から遠ざかるにつれて低くなる傾斜姿勢で装着する。これによりロール体25の格納カセット22Bから受容カセット22Aへの移動をスムーズに行うとともに受容カセット22Aに収納されたロール体25が格納カセット22Bへ移動するのを防止する。 Furthermore, the receiving cassette mounting portion 38 mounts the receiving cassette 22A in an inclined posture that becomes lower as it moves away from the storage cassette mounting portion 39 . As a result, the roll body 25 is smoothly moved from the storage cassette 22B to the receiving cassette 22A, and the roll body 25 stored in the receiving cassette 22A is prevented from moving to the storage cassette 22B.
 このように、カセット装着部46aは、受容カセット22Aと格納カセット22Bとを、それぞれの開口41bを向かい合わせて、部品供給ユニット23によるキャリアテープ24の搬送方向(Y方向)に沿って直列、且つ、格納カセット22Bを搬送方向上流側に配置して装着する。 In this manner, the cassette mounting section 46a arranges the receiving cassette 22A and the storage cassette 22B in series along the transport direction (Y direction) of the carrier tape 24 by the component supply unit 23 with the respective openings 41b facing each other, and , the storage cassette 22B is placed on the upstream side in the conveying direction.
 次に、図7を参照してキャリアテープ24を説明する。図7は、図6における領域ARの拡大図である。キャリアテープ24は、ベーステープ51とトップテープ52とを有する。ベーステープ51には上方に開口した多数のポケット53がベーステープ51の長手方向に一列かつ等間隔に設けられており、各ポケット53には部品5が収納されている。トップテープ52はベーステープ51の上面に貼り付けられており、ポケット53内に部品5を封入している。このようにして、キャリアテープ24は部品5を梱包している。ベーステープ51のポケット53の列と平行に並ぶ位置には、複数の送り孔54が一列かつ等間隔に並んで設けられている。 Next, the carrier tape 24 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 7 is an enlarged view of area AR in FIG. The carrier tape 24 has a base tape 51 and a top tape 52 . The base tape 51 is provided with a large number of upwardly opening pockets 53 arranged in a row in the longitudinal direction of the base tape 51 at equal intervals, and each pocket 53 stores a component 5 . The top tape 52 is attached to the upper surface of the base tape 51 and encloses the component 5 in the pocket 53 . In this way the carrier tape 24 packs the component 5 . A plurality of feed holes 54 are arranged in a row at regular intervals at positions parallel to the rows of the pockets 53 of the base tape 51 .
 キャリアテープ24のトップテープ52は、ベーステープ51の先端51aから延出する延出部52aを有する。延出部52aは、後述する露出部66にトップテープ52を捕捉させるために設けるものであり、延出部52aのベーステープ51の先端51aからの寸法は、テープ搬送路60から露出部66に到達して捕捉されるのに必要な長さになっている。キャリアテープ24の先端は、送り孔54を分割するように切断されている。 The top tape 52 of the carrier tape 24 has an extending portion 52a extending from the tip 51a of the base tape 51. The extending portion 52a is provided to catch the top tape 52 in the exposed portion 66, which will be described later. Long enough to reach and be captured. The tip of the carrier tape 24 is cut so as to divide the feed holes 54 .
《部品供給ユニット》
 次に、図8を参照して、部品供給ユニット23の構成について説明する。図8は、本実施の形態の部品供給ユニット23の概略図である。
《Parts supply unit》
Next, the configuration of the component supply unit 23 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the component supply unit 23 of this embodiment.
 部品供給ユニット23は、テープ搬送路60と、テープ搬送部61と、テープ搬入部62と、シャッターユニット63と、ユニット制御部64と、ユニット側コネクタ65と、を備える。また、部品供給ユニット23は、テープ搬送路60へキャリアテープ24を投入するテープ入口23aと、部品を供給する部品供給口23bと、テープ搬送路60からキャリアテープ24が排出される排出口23cを備える。部品供給ユニット23の上面には、報知用のランプ23fと操作用のスイッチ23gが配置されている(図3参照)。 The component supply unit 23 includes a tape transport path 60 , a tape transport section 61 , a tape loading section 62 , a shutter unit 63 , a unit control section 64 and a unit side connector 65 . Further, the component supply unit 23 has a tape entrance 23a through which the carrier tape 24 is introduced into the tape transport path 60, a component supply port 23b through which components are supplied, and an exit 23c through which the carrier tape 24 is ejected from the tape transport path 60. Prepare. A notification lamp 23f and an operation switch 23g are arranged on the upper surface of the component supply unit 23 (see FIG. 3).
 テープ搬送路60は、部品供給ユニット23の本体23dに形成されており、受容カセット22Aに収容されているロール体25から引き出されてテープ入口23aから部品供給ユニット23内に挿入されたキャリアテープ24を、部品供給ユニット23の内部を通って、部品供給口23bの位置である部品取り出し位置23baへ案内し、さらに、排出口23cへ導く。 The tape transport path 60 is formed in the main body 23d of the component supply unit 23, and the carrier tape 24 pulled out from the roll body 25 accommodated in the receiving cassette 22A and inserted into the component supply unit 23 from the tape entrance 23a. is guided through the interior of the component supply unit 23 to the component pick-up position 23ba, which is the position of the component supply port 23b, and further to the discharge port 23c.
 テープ入口23aは、部品供給ユニット23におけるテープ送り方向の上流側(図8の左側)に開口している。排出口23cは、テープ送り方向の下流側(図8の右側)に開口している。テープ搬送路60は、テープ入口23aから排出口23cまで連通している。テープ搬送路60の下流側に設けられた部品取り出し位置23baにおいて、搭載ヘッド13が部品5を取り出す。 The tape entrance 23a opens on the upstream side (left side in FIG. 8) of the component supply unit 23 in the tape feeding direction. The discharge port 23c opens on the downstream side (right side in FIG. 8) in the tape feeding direction. The tape transport path 60 communicates from the tape entrance 23a to the discharge port 23c. The mounting head 13 takes out the component 5 at the component take-out position 23ba provided on the downstream side of the tape transport path 60 .
 部品装着作業を継続して実行する過程において、1つのロール体25を構成するキャリアテープ24を単位ロットとして複数のキャリアテープ24が、テープ入口23aから順次挿入されて部品供給ユニット23に供給される。以下、必要に応じて、テープ入口23aから導入されてテープ搬送路60を送られる2つのキャリアテープ24のうち、先行して送られるキャリアテープ24をカレントテープ24aと、カレントテープ24aの次に送られるキャリアテープ24をネクストテープ24bと称して説明する。 In the process of continuously executing the component mounting work, a plurality of carrier tapes 24 constituting one roll body 25 are used as a unit lot, and a plurality of carrier tapes 24 are sequentially inserted from the tape entrance 23a and supplied to the component supply unit 23. . Thereafter, among the two carrier tapes 24 introduced from the tape entrance 23a and fed on the tape transport path 60, the carrier tape 24 that is fed first is fed as the current tape 24a and the carrier tape 24 that is fed next to the current tape 24a. The carrier tape 24 that is formed will be referred to as a next tape 24b.
 テープ搬送部61は、テープ搬送路60における下流側において、キャリアテープ24を部品取り出し位置23baに搬送する。テープ搬送部61は、キャリアテープ24に係合する第1搬送スプロケット61aと、第2搬送スプロケット61bと、第3搬送スプロケット61cと、駆動部61dと、を備える。 The tape transport section 61 transports the carrier tape 24 to the component pick-up position 23ba on the downstream side of the tape transport path 60. The tape conveying section 61 includes a first conveying sprocket 61a that engages with the carrier tape 24, a second conveying sprocket 61b, a third conveying sprocket 61c, and a driving section 61d.
 第1搬送スプロケット61a、第2搬送スプロケット61b、及び第3搬送スプロケット61cが、テープ搬送路60に沿って、下流側から順に配置されている。 A first transport sprocket 61a, a second transport sprocket 61b, and a third transport sprocket 61c are arranged along the tape transport path 60 in order from the downstream side.
 駆動部61dは、例えば、動力源としてのモータと、動力源の動力を第1から第3搬送スプロケット61a~61cに伝達する動力伝達部材とを備える。動力伝達部材は、例えば、ギアである。 The drive unit 61d includes, for example, a motor as a power source and a power transmission member that transmits the power of the power source to the first to third transport sprockets 61a to 61c. A power transmission member is, for example, a gear.
 テープ搬入部62は、テープ入口23aから部品供給ユニット23内に挿入されたキャリアテープ24をテープ搬送部61に送る。テープ搬入部62は、テープ搬送路60における上流側に配置されている。テープ搬入部62は、搬入スプロケット62aと、テープ支持部62bと、駆動部62cと、を備える。 The tape loading section 62 sends the carrier tape 24 inserted into the component supply unit 23 from the tape inlet 23 a to the tape transport section 61 . The tape loading section 62 is arranged on the upstream side of the tape transport path 60 . The tape loading section 62 includes a loading sprocket 62a, a tape support section 62b, and a driving section 62c.
 駆動部62cは、搬入スプロケット62aを矢印a1方向へ回転させる機能と、搬入スプロケット62a及びテープ支持部62bを矢印a2方向へ移動させる機能を有する。駆動部62cが搬入スプロケット62aを矢印a1方向へ回転駆動させることで、投入されたキャリアテープ24を下流方向へ搬入することができる。 The driving section 62c has a function of rotating the loading sprocket 62a in the direction of the arrow a1 and a function of moving the loading sprocket 62a and the tape support section 62b in the direction of the arrow a2. The loaded carrier tape 24 can be carried in the downstream direction by the driving part 62c rotationally driving the carry-in sprocket 62a in the direction of the arrow a1.
 テープ搬送路60の上流側のテープ入口23a付近においてテープ搬送路60は大きく拡がっており、この拡がった空間の中でテープ搬送路60を2分するようにテープ支持部62bが配置されている。したがって、テープ搬送路60の上流側端部において、ネクストテープ24bの先端部がテープ支持部62bに支持された状態で、テープ支持部62bの下方でカレントテープ24aがテープ搬送路60の底面60aに沿って下流側へ搬送することができる。また、駆動部62cが搬入スプロケット62a及びテープ支持部62bを移動させることで、テープ支持部62bに支持されているネクストテープ24bを、テープ搬送路60の底面60aへ移動させることができる。 The tape transport path 60 widens in the vicinity of the tape entrance 23a on the upstream side of the tape transport path 60, and a tape support portion 62b is arranged to divide the tape transport path 60 into two in this widened space. Therefore, in a state where the leading end of the next tape 24b is supported by the tape support portion 62b at the upstream end of the tape transport path 60, the current tape 24a is placed on the bottom surface 60a of the tape transport path 60 below the tape support portion 62b. It can be conveyed downstream along. Further, the next tape 24b supported by the tape support portion 62b can be moved to the bottom surface 60a of the tape transport path 60 by the drive portion 62c moving the carry-in sprocket 62a and the tape support portion 62b.
 駆動部62cは、例えば、動力源としてのモータと、動力源の動力を搬入スプロケット62aに伝達する動力伝達部材とを備える。動力伝達部材は、例えば、ギアである。また、別の動力源の動力を利用して搬入スプロケット62a及びテープ支持部62bを矢印a2方向へ移動させるリンク機構、ギア、弾性部材などを組み合わせた動力伝達機構も備えてもよい。 The drive unit 62c includes, for example, a motor as a power source and a power transmission member that transmits the power of the power source to the carry-in sprocket 62a. A power transmission member is, for example, a gear. A power transmission mechanism combining a link mechanism, gears, elastic members, etc., for moving the carry-in sprocket 62a and the tape support portion 62b in the direction of the arrow a2 using the power of another power source may also be provided.
 部品供給ユニット23は、テープ搬送路60に沿って上流側から順に配置された、第1センサPH1、第2センサPH2、及び、第3センサPH3を備える。 The component supply unit 23 includes a first sensor PH1, a second sensor PH2, and a third sensor PH3 arranged in order from the upstream side along the tape transport path 60.
 第1センサPH1は、部品供給ユニット23のテープ支持部62bに挿入されたキャリアテープ24が、テープ支持部62bの下流側端部に設けた第1チェックポイントに到達したことを検出する。 The first sensor PH1 detects that the carrier tape 24 inserted into the tape support portion 62b of the component supply unit 23 has reached the first checkpoint provided at the downstream end of the tape support portion 62b.
 第2センサPH2は、第1チェックポイントよりも下流側で、テープ支持部62bの延長上においてテープ搬送路60と合流する合流点付近に設けた第2チェックポイントにおいてキャリアテープ24の有無を検出する。 The second sensor PH2 detects the presence or absence of the carrier tape 24 at a second check point provided downstream of the first check point and near the confluence with the tape transport path 60 on the extension of the tape support portion 62b. .
 第3センサPH3は、テープ搬送路60の露出部66よりも下流かつ部品取り出し位置23baより上流に設けた第3チェックポイントにおいてキャリアテープ24の有無を検出する。第1センサPH1~第3センサPH3は、それぞれのチェックポイントにおいてキャリアテープ24の有無を直接または間接的に検出する光学センサであり、例えば、カラーセンサ、または、フォトセンサである。 The third sensor PH3 detects the presence or absence of the carrier tape 24 at a third checkpoint provided downstream of the exposed portion 66 of the tape transport path 60 and upstream of the component pick-up position 23ba. The first sensor PH1 to the third sensor PH3 are optical sensors that directly or indirectly detect the presence or absence of the carrier tape 24 at each checkpoint, and are, for example, color sensors or photosensors.
 カレントテープ24aの末端が第3チェックポイントを通過して第3センサPH3がキャリアテープ24を検出しなくなると、搬入スプロケット62aが回転して、テープ支持部62bに支持されていたネクストテープ24bが下流へ搬送される。 When the end of the current tape 24a passes the third checkpoint and the third sensor PH3 no longer detects the carrier tape 24, the carry-in sprocket 62a rotates and the next tape 24b supported by the tape support portion 62b moves downstream. transported to
 ネクストテープ24bの先端が第3チェックポイントを通過して第3センサPH3がネクストテープ24bを検出すると、駆動部62cがテープ支持部62bを移動してネクストテープ24bをテープ入口23aにおけるテープ搬送路60へ移動させる。 When the leading edge of the next tape 24b passes through the third checkpoint and the third sensor PH3 detects the next tape 24b, the driving portion 62c moves the tape support portion 62b to move the next tape 24b to the tape transport path 60 at the tape entrance 23a. move to
 テープ支持部62bは、ネクストテープ24bを支持し、ネクストテープ24bが搬送される姿勢を保持する。図9を参照する。テープ支持部62bは、第1支持部62ba、第2支持部62bbより構成される。部品供給ユニット23の両側面には、テープ搬送路60を左右から挟むように薄板状の左カバー62bcLと右カバー62bcRが装着されている。右カバー62bcRの上端は、テープ支持部62bよりも低い位置で途切れており、その上方には薄板状の可動部材62bdが右カバー62bcRを補完するように配置されている。以下、便宜上、図8に示すように、部品供給ユニット23においてキャリアテープ24が搬送される下流方向を向いて一方を左方、他方を右方とする。 The tape support portion 62b supports the next tape 24b and maintains the posture in which the next tape 24b is conveyed. See FIG. The tape support portion 62b is composed of a first support portion 62ba and a second support portion 62bb. A thin plate-like left cover 62bcL and a right cover 62bcR are mounted on both side surfaces of the component supply unit 23 so as to sandwich the tape transport path 60 from the left and right. The upper end of the right cover 62bcR is interrupted at a position lower than the tape support portion 62b, and a thin plate-like movable member 62bd is arranged above it so as to complement the right cover 62bcR. Hereinafter, for the sake of convenience, as shown in FIG. 8, when facing the downstream direction in which the carrier tape 24 is conveyed in the component supply unit 23, one side is the left side and the other side is the right side.
 左カバー62bcLは、テープ送り方向と上下方向(Z方向)に延びる。左カバー62bcLの内側面(右側面)は、ネクストテープ24bの左側面を案内するガイド面である。左カバー62bcLは、部品供給ユニット23の本体23dの左面に固定されている。同様に右カバー62bcRも部品供給ユニット23の本体23dの右面に固定されている。 The left cover 62bcL extends in the tape feeding direction and the vertical direction (Z direction). The inner side surface (right side surface) of the left cover 62bcL is a guide surface that guides the left side surface of the next tape 24b. The left cover 62bcL is fixed to the left surface of the main body 23d of the component supply unit 23. As shown in FIG. Similarly, the right cover 62bcR is also fixed to the right surface of the main body 23d of the component supply unit 23. As shown in FIG.
 第1支持部62baは、キャリアテープ24の幅方向における一方の側部を下方から支持する。第1支持部62baは、左カバー62bcLの右側面に形成されており、テープ入口23aからシャッターユニット63の下方まで伸びている。第2支持部62bbは、ネクストテープ24bの他方の側部を下方から支持する。第2支持部62bbは、後述する可動部材62bdの左側面に形成されており、テープ入口23aから下流へ延びておりシャッターユニット63の手前で途切れている。 The first support portion 62ba supports one side of the carrier tape 24 in the width direction from below. The first support portion 62ba is formed on the right side surface of the left cover 62bcL and extends below the shutter unit 63 from the tape entrance 23a. The second support portion 62bb supports the other side portion of the next tape 24b from below. The second support portion 62bb is formed on the left side surface of a movable member 62bd, which will be described later, extends downstream from the tape entrance 23a, and ends before the shutter unit 63. As shown in FIG.
 可動部材62bdは、板状の形状を有し、部品供給ユニット23の本体23dに上下方向に移動可能に装着されている。また、可動部材62bdは搬入スプロケット62aと一体的に装着されており、上下方向へ移動する場合は搬入スプロケット62aも上下方向へ移動する。可動部材62bdの内側面は、ネクストテープ24bの右側面を案内するガイド面である。可動部材62bdは駆動部62cによって上下方向(図8矢印a2)に移動させられる。 The movable member 62bd has a plate-like shape and is attached to the main body 23d of the component supply unit 23 so as to be vertically movable. The movable member 62bd is mounted integrally with the loading sprocket 62a, and when it moves vertically, the loading sprocket 62a also moves vertically. The inner surface of the movable member 62bd is a guide surface that guides the right side surface of the next tape 24b. The movable member 62bd is moved vertically (arrow a2 in FIG. 8) by the driving portion 62c.
 次にテープ支持部62bからネクストテープ24bをテープ搬送路60へ放出する機能について説明する。図9(a)に示すように、可動部材62bdが初期位置に位置して第2支持部62bbが第1支持部62baと同じ高さ位置にある状態で、ネクストテープ24bはテープ支持部62bに保持されている。テープ支持部62bからネクストテープ24bを放出する際、ユニット制御部64は駆動部62cを駆動させて可動部材62bdを上方へ移動させる。これにより、第2支持部62bb及び搬入スプロケット62aと一体となって上昇する。 Next, the function of discharging the next tape 24b from the tape support portion 62b to the tape transport path 60 will be described. As shown in FIG. 9A, when the movable member 62bd is at the initial position and the second support portion 62bb is at the same height as the first support portion 62ba, the next tape 24b is placed on the tape support portion 62b. held. When releasing the next tape 24b from the tape support portion 62b, the unit control portion 64 drives the drive portion 62c to move the movable member 62bd upward. As a result, the second support portion 62bb and the carry-in sprocket 62a are lifted together.
 可動部材62bdが上昇するにつれて、キャリアテープ24は右側部の下面を第2支持部62bbに支持されながら上方に移動し、搬入スプロケット62aのピン62aaがキャリアテープ24の送り孔54から外れ、反時計方向にねじれる。 As the movable member 62bd rises, the carrier tape 24 moves upward while being supported by the second support portion 62bb on the lower surface of the right side, and the pin 62aa of the carry-in sprocket 62a is disengaged from the feed hole 54 of the carrier tape 24, counterclockwise. twist in the direction
 図9(b)に示すように、さらに可動部材62bdが上昇するとキャリアテープ24のねじれが増加し、やがてキャリアテープ24が第1支持部62ba及び第2支持部62bbからずれ落ちる。 As shown in FIG. 9(b), when the movable member 62bd is further raised, the twist of the carrier tape 24 increases, and eventually the carrier tape 24 slides down from the first support portion 62ba and the second support portion 62bb.
 テープ支持部62bから放出されたネクストテープ24bは、テープ支持部62bの下方のテープ搬送路60の底面60aに移動する。キャリアテープ24(ネクストテープ24b)がテープ支持部62bから離脱すると、テープ支持部62bに次のキャリアテープ24(ネクストテープ24b)をいつでも挿入することができる。 The next tape 24b released from the tape support portion 62b moves to the bottom surface 60a of the tape transport path 60 below the tape support portion 62b. When the carrier tape 24 (next tape 24b) is separated from the tape support portion 62b, the next carrier tape 24 (next tape 24b) can be inserted into the tape support portion 62b at any time.
《シャッターユニット》
 次に、シャッターユニット63について図10を参照して説明する。図10は、シャッターユニットの構成を示す側面図であり、図10(a)はキャリアテープ24がシャッターユニット63に到達していない状態を示し、図10(b)はキャリアテープ24がシャッターユニット63に止められている状態を示す。
《Shutter unit》
Next, the shutter unit 63 will be described with reference to FIG. 10A and 10B are side views showing the configuration of the shutter unit. FIG. 10A shows a state in which the carrier tape 24 has not reached the shutter unit 63, and FIG. indicates a state of being stopped by
 シャッターユニット63は、テープ支持部62bに支持されたキャリアテープ24がテープ搬送路60の下流側へさらに進行するのを防止する。シャッターユニット63は、テープ検出機構63a及びゲートユニット63bを備える。 The shutter unit 63 prevents the carrier tape 24 supported by the tape support portion 62b from proceeding further to the downstream side of the tape transport path 60. The shutter unit 63 has a tape detection mechanism 63a and a gate unit 63b.
 テープ検出機構63aは、テープ支持部62bに支持されたキャリアテープ24がシャッターユニット63に到達したことを検出する。テープ検出機構63aは、テープ検出片71と、ピン72と、第1センサPH1とを備える。 The tape detection mechanism 63 a detects that the carrier tape 24 supported by the tape support portion 62 b has reached the shutter unit 63 . The tape detection mechanism 63a includes a tape detection piece 71, a pin 72, and a first sensor PH1.
 テープ検出片71は、略L字形状を有し、テープ支持部62bに対向して延びる板状部71aと、板状部71aの上流側からテープ支持部62bに向けて延びる接触部71bと、板状部71aの下流側端部からテープ支持部62bの方向とは反対方向(上方)に延びる遮光部71cとを有する。テープ検出片71は、上流側端部付近に設けられた支点71dを中心に揺動可能な状態で部品供給ユニット23の本体23dに装着されている。板状部71aは、支点71dよりも下流側に固定されたピン72で下方から支持される。接触部71bは、テープ検出片71の板状部71aから第1支持部62baに向かって突出しており、その下端部は第1支持部62baの上面に沿って移動するキャリアテープ24の先端部に接触可能な位置に位置している。接触部71bの位置はキャリアテープ24を検出するための第1チェックポイントとなっている。 The tape detection piece 71 has a substantially L shape, and includes a plate-like portion 71a extending facing the tape support portion 62b, a contact portion 71b extending from the upstream side of the plate-like portion 71a toward the tape support portion 62b, It has a light blocking portion 71c extending from the downstream end of the plate-like portion 71a in the opposite direction (upward) to the direction of the tape support portion 62b. The tape detection piece 71 is attached to the main body 23d of the component supply unit 23 so as to be able to swing around a fulcrum 71d provided near the upstream end. The plate-like portion 71a is supported from below by a pin 72 fixed downstream of the fulcrum 71d. The contact portion 71b protrudes from the plate-like portion 71a of the tape detection piece 71 toward the first support portion 62ba, and the lower end of the contact portion 71b contacts the tip portion of the carrier tape 24 moving along the upper surface of the first support portion 62ba. located in an accessible position. The position of the contact portion 71b is the first checkpoint for detecting the carrier tape 24. As shown in FIG.
 第1センサPH1は、遮光部71cの上方に配置されている。図10(b)に示すように、キャリアテープ24がテープ支持部62bに沿って下流側に進行すると、キャリアテープ24の先端が接触部71bを下流方向に押し込んで、テープ検出片71が支点71dを中心に反時計周りに回転する。これにより、遮光部71cが第1センサPH1から照射されている光を遮蔽して、第1センサPH1は検出信号をユニット制御部64へ送信する。これにより、キャリアテープ24がシャッターユニット63に到達(第1チェックポイントに到達)したことを検出することができる。 The first sensor PH1 is arranged above the light shielding portion 71c. As shown in FIG. 10B, when the carrier tape 24 advances downstream along the tape support portion 62b, the tip of the carrier tape 24 pushes the contact portion 71b downstream, and the tape detection piece 71 moves toward the fulcrum 71d. rotate counterclockwise around the As a result, the light blocking portion 71c blocks the light emitted from the first sensor PH1, and the first sensor PH1 transmits a detection signal to the unit control portion 64. FIG. This makes it possible to detect that the carrier tape 24 has reached the shutter unit 63 (arrived at the first checkpoint).
 図10(a)に示すように、ゲートユニット63bは、ゲート74と、圧縮ばね75と、ロック部材76と、レバー77と、アクチュエータ78と、戻りばね79とを備える。ゲートユニット63bは、ユニット制御部64からの指示によりテープ支持部62bに支持されたキャリアテープ24がテープ搬送路60のさらに下流側へ進行させるか停止させておくかを制御する。 As shown in FIG. 10(a), the gate unit 63b includes a gate 74, a compression spring 75, a lock member 76, a lever 77, an actuator 78, and a return spring 79. The gate unit 63b controls whether the carrier tape 24 supported by the tape support portion 62b is advanced further downstream in the tape transport path 60 according to an instruction from the unit control portion 64 or is stopped.
 ゲート74は、例えば、板状の部材であり、その上端に圧縮ばね75の一端が接続されている、圧縮ばね75の他端は部品供給ユニット23の本体23dに装着されている。ゲート74は、圧縮ばね75により、第1支持部62baに向かって付勢されている。したがって、ゲート74の下端は、第1支持部62baの上面に接触している。 The gate 74 is, for example, a plate-like member, and one end of the compression spring 75 is connected to its upper end. The gate 74 is urged by a compression spring 75 toward the first support portion 62ba. Therefore, the lower end of the gate 74 is in contact with the upper surface of the first support portion 62ba.
 ゲート74は、ロック部材76により、圧縮ばね75のバネ力に抗して上昇するのを防がれている。ロック部材76は、例えば、横方向に延びたロッドであり、その一端がゲート74の側面に形成された凹部74aに横方向から挿入されている。 A lock member 76 prevents the gate 74 from rising against the spring force of the compression spring 75 . The locking member 76 is, for example, a laterally extending rod, and one end thereof is laterally inserted into a recess 74 a formed in the side surface of the gate 74 .
 レバー77は、中央部に配置された支点77aを中心として揺動可能な状態で部品供給ユニット23の本体23dに装着されている。レバー77の一端(下端)にはロック部材76が固定されている。レバー77の他端(上端)は、アクチュエータ78のロッド78aと接続されている。また、レバー77の支点77aとレバー77の一端との間に戻りばね79の一端が接続されている。 The lever 77 is attached to the main body 23d of the component supply unit 23 so as to be swingable about a fulcrum 77a arranged in the center. A lock member 76 is fixed to one end (lower end) of the lever 77 . The other end (upper end) of lever 77 is connected to rod 78 a of actuator 78 . One end of a return spring 79 is connected between the fulcrum 77 a of the lever 77 and one end of the lever 77 .
 アクチュエータ78は、ユニット制御部64からの指示により、ロッド78aを伸縮する。戻りばね79は、レバー77を引っ張る方向に付勢しており、すなわち、時計方向に回転するように付勢している。これにより、ロック部材76は戻りばね79によってゲート74の側面の凹部74aにその先端が挿入される。ロック部材76がゲート74の側面の凹部74aに挿入された状態では、ゲート74の上方への移動は規制され、ロック状態となる。一方、アクチュエータ78を作動させてレバー77を戻りばね79のばね力に抗して反時計方向へ揺動させると、凹部74aからロック部材76が外れてゲート74の上方への移動が可能な状態、すなわちロックが解除された状態となる。 The actuator 78 expands and contracts the rod 78a according to instructions from the unit control section 64. A return spring 79 biases lever 77 in a pulling direction, i.e., biasing it to rotate clockwise. As a result, the tip of the lock member 76 is inserted into the concave portion 74 a on the side surface of the gate 74 by the return spring 79 . When the lock member 76 is inserted into the recess 74a on the side surface of the gate 74, upward movement of the gate 74 is restricted and the gate 74 is locked. On the other hand, when the actuator 78 is actuated to swing the lever 77 counterclockwise against the spring force of the return spring 79, the lock member 76 is disengaged from the recess 74a and the gate 74 can be moved upward. , that is, the lock is released.
 次に、シャッターユニットの動作について図10~図12を参照して説明する。図11は、シャッターユニットの構成を示す側面図であり、図11(a)はロック部材のロックが解除された状態を示し、図11(b)はキャリアテープ24がシャッターユニット63を通過する状態を示す。図12は、キャリアテープ24がテープ支持部62bから落下した状態を示す。 Next, the operation of the shutter unit will be described with reference to FIGS. 10 to 12. FIG. 11A and 11B are side views showing the configuration of the shutter unit. FIG. 11A shows a state in which the locking member is unlocked, and FIG. 11B shows a state in which the carrier tape 24 passes through the shutter unit 63. indicates FIG. 12 shows a state in which the carrier tape 24 has fallen from the tape support portion 62b.
 図10(a)に示すように、キャリアテープ24がテープ入口23aからテープ支持部62bに沿って挿入されて下流方向に進む。次に、図10(b)に示すように、キャリアテープ24の先端がテープ検出片71の接触部71bに接触すると、接触部71bが下流方向へ押されて、テープ検出片71が支点71dを中心軸として反時計方向に揺動する。これにより、テープ検出片71の遮光部71cが第1センサPH1の光路を遮断し、第1センサPH1が検出信号をユニット制御部64へ送信する。 As shown in FIG. 10(a), the carrier tape 24 is inserted from the tape entrance 23a along the tape support portion 62b and advances in the downstream direction. Next, as shown in FIG. 10(b), when the tip of the carrier tape 24 contacts the contact portion 71b of the tape detection piece 71, the contact portion 71b is pushed downstream, and the tape detection piece 71 moves toward the fulcrum 71d. It oscillates counterclockwise as the central axis. As a result, the light blocking portion 71c of the tape detection piece 71 blocks the optical path of the first sensor PH1, and the first sensor PH1 transmits a detection signal to the unit control portion 64. FIG.
 テープ検出片71の接触部71bが揺動した後で、キャリアテープ24の先端はゲート74に接触して、ゲート74を上方に押し上げる。ゲート74は、キャリアテープ24により上方へ押し上げられるが、ゲート74の凹部74aの壁面がロック部材76に当たってゲート74の上昇が阻止される。したがって、キャリアテープ24は、ゲート74によって、テープ搬送路60を下流方向に進入することができない。 After the contact portion 71b of the tape detection piece 71 swings, the tip of the carrier tape 24 contacts the gate 74 and pushes the gate 74 upward. The gate 74 is pushed upward by the carrier tape 24, but the wall surface of the concave portion 74a of the gate 74 abuts against the lock member 76 to prevent the gate 74 from rising. Therefore, the gate 74 prevents the carrier tape 24 from entering the tape transport path 60 in the downstream direction.
 次に、ユニット制御部64は、キャリアテープ24をゲート74よりも下流へ搬送する場合は、アクチュエータ78を駆動してゲート74のロック状態を解除する。 Next, when the carrier tape 24 is conveyed downstream of the gate 74 , the unit control section 64 drives the actuator 78 to unlock the gate 74 .
 アクチュエータ78が駆動すると、図11(a)に示すように、ロッド78aがレバー77側に伸びて、レバー77が反時計周りに揺動する。これにより、ロック部材76がゲート74の凹部74aから離れて、ゲート74のロックが解除される。これにより、ゲート74は、上方へ移動可能な状態となる。ユニット制御部64は、アクチュエータ78を駆動した後に、搬入スプロケット62aを駆動する。これにより、キャリアテープ24の下流方向への搬送が開始され、図11(b)に示すように、キャリアテープ24がゲート74を押し上げながらテープ搬送路60の下流側に向けて移動する。なお、ユニット制御部64は、キャリアテープ24の先端がゲート74を通過した以降の適当なタイミングでアクチュエータ78の駆動を停止する。 When the actuator 78 is driven, the rod 78a extends toward the lever 77 and the lever 77 swings counterclockwise as shown in FIG. 11(a). As a result, the lock member 76 is separated from the recess 74a of the gate 74, and the lock of the gate 74 is released. This allows the gate 74 to move upward. After driving the actuator 78, the unit control section 64 drives the carry-in sprocket 62a. As a result, the carrier tape 24 starts to be transported in the downstream direction, and the carrier tape 24 moves toward the downstream side of the tape transport path 60 while pushing up the gate 74 as shown in FIG. 11(b). Note that the unit control section 64 stops driving the actuator 78 at an appropriate timing after the leading edge of the carrier tape 24 has passed through the gate 74 .
 図8を参照する。キャリアテープ24がテープ搬送路60の下流方向へ搬送され、第3搬送スプロケット61cに搬送されると、第3センサPH3がキャリアテープ24を検出する。第3センサPH3は、キャリアテープ24を検出した検出信号をユニット制御部64に送信する。ユニット制御部64は、第3センサPH3からの検出信号を受信すると、キャリアテープ24の下流側が第3搬送スプロケット61cに搬送されていることを認識する。ユニット制御部64は、次に、駆動部62cを駆動させて、搬入スプロケット62a及びテープ支持部62bを矢印a2方向へ移動させる。これにより、図12に示すように、また、既に上述したように、キャリアテープ24がテープ支持部62bから落下してテープ搬送路60の底面60aへ移動する。キャリアテープ24がテープ支持部62bから落下するとゲート74は圧縮ばね75によって第1支持部62baに押し付けられるとともにゲート74の凹部74aにロック部材76が戻りばね79によって挿入される。これによりゲート74はロック状態となる。 See Figure 8. When the carrier tape 24 is transported in the downstream direction of the tape transport path 60 and transported to the third transport sprocket 61c, the carrier tape 24 is detected by the third sensor PH3. The third sensor PH3 transmits a detection signal indicating detection of the carrier tape 24 to the unit control section 64 . When the unit control section 64 receives the detection signal from the third sensor PH3, it recognizes that the downstream side of the carrier tape 24 is conveyed by the third conveying sprocket 61c. The unit control section 64 then drives the drive section 62c to move the carry-in sprocket 62a and the tape support section 62b in the arrow a2 direction. This causes the carrier tape 24 to drop from the tape support portion 62b and move to the bottom surface 60a of the tape transport path 60, as shown in FIG. 12 and as already described above. When the carrier tape 24 drops from the tape support portion 62b, the gate 74 is pressed against the first support portion 62ba by the compression spring 75, and the lock member 76 is inserted into the concave portion 74a of the gate 74 by the return spring 79. As a result, the gate 74 is locked.
 ユニット制御部64は、駆動部62cを駆動させてテープ支持部62bを移動させた後、テープ支持部62bをもとの位置に戻す。アクチュエータ78を駆動させてロッド78aを縮める。 The unit control section 64 drives the drive section 62c to move the tape support section 62b, and then returns the tape support section 62b to its original position. The actuator 78 is driven to contract the rod 78a.
 キャリアテープ24がテープ支持部62bから落下すると、テープ検出片71が支点71dを中心に時計周りに揺動し、板状部71aがピン72に接触して揺動が止まる。これにより、遮光部71cが第1センサPH1から外れるので、ユニット制御部64へ検出信号が出力されなくなる。これにより、ユニット制御部64は、テープ支持部62bにキャリアテープ24が支持されていない、または第1チェックポイントにキャリアテープ24が存在しないことを認識する。 When the carrier tape 24 drops from the tape support portion 62b, the tape detection piece 71 swings clockwise about the fulcrum 71d, and the plate-like portion 71a comes into contact with the pin 72 and stops swinging. As a result, the light blocking portion 71c is removed from the first sensor PH1, so that no detection signal is output to the unit control portion 64. FIG. Thereby, the unit control section 64 recognizes that the carrier tape 24 is not supported by the tape support section 62b or that the carrier tape 24 does not exist at the first check point.
《露出部》
 次に、図13を参照して、露出部66について説明する。図13は、露出部66の構成を示す側面図である。図13(a)は、キャリアテープ24が露出部66を通過した状態を示し、図13(b)は、キャリアテープ24が露出部66を引き返す状態を示す。なお、本明細書においてキャリアテープ24の「前進」とはキャリアテープ24が下流方向に搬送されることを意味し、キャリアテープ24の「後進」とはキャリアテープ24が上流方向に搬送されることを意味する。
《Exposed part》
Next, the exposed portion 66 will be described with reference to FIG. 13 . FIG. 13 is a side view showing the configuration of the exposed portion 66. As shown in FIG. 13(a) shows a state in which the carrier tape 24 has passed through the exposed portion 66, and FIG. 13(b) shows a state in which the carrier tape 24 has turned back the exposed portion 66. FIG. In this specification, "advance" of the carrier tape 24 means that the carrier tape 24 is conveyed in the downstream direction, and "reverse" of the carrier tape 24 means that the carrier tape 24 is conveyed in the upstream direction. means
 トップテープ52はフィルム状で剛性が極めて低い素材でできているので、テープ搬送路60内では延出部52aがベーステープ51の先端51aで折れ曲がった状態になる。本明細書では、延出部52aがベーステープ51の先端51aで折れ曲がってその一部分が先端よりも上流側のキャリアテープ24に重なった状態を「めくれ」と呼ぶことにする。重なった状態は、トップテープ52の延出部52aがベーステープ51の上面に貼られたトップテープ52に接触してもよいし、非接触でもよい。また、「めくれを矯正する」及び「折れ曲がり矯正」とは、ベーステープ51の先端51aで折れ曲がっていた延出部52aをベーステープ51の先端51aよりも前方(下流)へ延びた状態に戻そうとすることを意味するものであり、トップテープ52の延出部52aが前方へ完全に延びきるところまで戻さない場合も含む。 Since the top tape 52 is made of a film-like material with extremely low rigidity, the extending portion 52 a is bent at the leading end 51 a of the base tape 51 in the tape transport path 60 . In this specification, the state in which the extending portion 52a is bent at the leading end 51a of the base tape 51 and partially overlapped with the carrier tape 24 upstream of the leading end is referred to as "curling". In the overlapped state, the extending portion 52a of the top tape 52 may be in contact with the top tape 52 attached to the upper surface of the base tape 51, or may be in non-contact. In addition, "correcting the turn-up" and "correcting the bending" refer to returning the extending portion 52a bent at the leading end 51a of the base tape 51 to extend forward (downstream) from the leading end 51a of the base tape 51. It also includes the case where the extending portion 52a of the top tape 52 is not fully extended forward.
 部品取り出し位置23baの上流側の斜め下方において、テープ搬送路60の傾斜部に、露出部66が配置されている。露出部66は、キャリアテープ24のトップテープ52をベーステープ51から剥離して、ポケット53に収納されている部品5の上面を露出させる。露出部66は、トップテープ送り用の一対のローラ81、82と、これらのローラ81、82を駆動する駆動機構を備える。露出部66の駆動機構は駆動源であるモータと、モータの回転動力をローラ81、82に伝達するギアなどの駆動伝達機構を有する。ユニット制御部64によって露出部66の駆動機構を制御することにより回転し、ローラ81、82が回転することにより、以下に説明するトップテープ52の剥離動作が実行される。 An exposed portion 66 is arranged on the inclined portion of the tape transport path 60 on the upstream side and obliquely below the component pick-up position 23ba. The exposed portion 66 separates the top tape 52 of the carrier tape 24 from the base tape 51 to expose the upper surface of the component 5 stored in the pocket 53 . The exposed portion 66 includes a pair of rollers 81 and 82 for feeding the top tape and a drive mechanism for driving these rollers 81 and 82 . The drive mechanism of the exposed portion 66 has a motor as a drive source and a drive transmission mechanism such as gears for transmitting the rotational power of the motor to the rollers 81 and 82 . By controlling the driving mechanism of the exposure portion 66 by the unit control portion 64, the rollers 81 and 82 are rotated, whereby the peeling operation of the top tape 52 described below is executed.
 ローラ81、82は、例えば、テープ搬送路60の上方に設けられており、テープ搬送路60の上面60b側に開口した開口部83を介してテープ搬送路60と連通している。上流側からテープ搬送路60に沿って搬送されたキャリアテープ24のトップテープ52の延出部52aは、開口部83を通ってローラ81、82に引き込まれ、ベーステープ51から剥離される。新たにセットされるキャリアテープ24は、トップテープ52の先端52bがベーステープ51の先端51aよりも長い状態(延出部52aを有する状態)でテープ搬送路60のテープ入口23aから送り込まれる。そしてキャリアテープ24の先端部が開口部83に到達すると、トップテープ52の延出部52aが露出部66によって捕捉される。 The rollers 81 and 82 are provided, for example, above the tape transport path 60 and communicate with the tape transport path 60 through an opening 83 that opens toward the top surface 60b of the tape transport path 60 . The extending portion 52 a of the top tape 52 of the carrier tape 24 conveyed along the tape conveying path 60 from the upstream side is drawn into the rollers 81 and 82 through the opening 83 and separated from the base tape 51 . The newly set carrier tape 24 is sent from the tape entrance 23a of the tape transport path 60 in a state in which the leading end 52b of the top tape 52 is longer than the leading end 51a of the base tape 51 (having an extension portion 52a). When the tip of the carrier tape 24 reaches the opening 83 , the extension 52 a of the top tape 52 is captured by the exposed portion 66 .
 すなわち、露出部66はトップテープ52の先端の延出部52aをローラ81、82の間に挟んで引き込む。これにより、トップテープ52はキャリアテープ24のベーステープ51から剥離される。剥離されたトップテープ52はベーステープ51から離れる方向にテープ送りされる。なお、以後の説明において、ベーステープ51からトップテープ52が剥離された後は、トップテープ52が剥離されたベーステープ51を、キャリアテープ24とも称する。 That is, the exposed portion 66 draws in the extending portion 52a at the tip of the top tape 52 by sandwiching it between the rollers 81 and 82 . As a result, the top tape 52 is separated from the base tape 51 of the carrier tape 24 . The peeled top tape 52 is fed in a direction away from the base tape 51 . In the following description, after the top tape 52 is peeled from the base tape 51, the base tape 51 from which the top tape 52 is peeled is also referred to as a carrier tape 24.
 露出部66が配置された位置よりも下流側に、第3センサPH3が配置されている。第3センサPH3は、例えば、透過検出型の光学センサであり、テープ搬送路60に沿って搬送されるキャリアテープ24を検出する。第3センサPH3による検出結果はユニット制御部64に送られる。なお、キャリアテープ24の先端部と機械的に接触可能なドグを設け、キャリアテープ24がドグと接触した際に起こるドグの変位を光学センサで検出することにより、キャリアテープ24の先端部を検出してもよい。ドグの変位を光学センサで検出する方式であれば、キャリアテープ24が光透過性の素材で形成されている場合でもキャリアテープ24を確実に検出することが可能になる。 A third sensor PH3 is arranged downstream of the position where the exposed portion 66 is arranged. The third sensor PH3 is, for example, a transmission detection type optical sensor, and detects the carrier tape 24 transported along the tape transport path 60 . A detection result by the third sensor PH3 is sent to the unit control section 64 . The tip of the carrier tape 24 is detected by providing a dog that can be in mechanical contact with the tip of the carrier tape 24 and detecting the displacement of the dog when the carrier tape 24 contacts the dog with an optical sensor. You may If the method uses an optical sensor to detect the displacement of the dog, it is possible to reliably detect the carrier tape 24 even if the carrier tape 24 is made of a light transmissive material.
 テープ搬送路60の底面60a側において、開口部83に対向する位置に、エアーを噴射するエアーノズル84が、エアー噴射方向を開口部83に向けて配置されている。エアーノズル84はエアーを噴射する噴射部であり、噴出したエアーは開口部83付近に位置するトップテープ52の延出部52aに当てられ、噴出したエアーの力でトップテープ52の延出部52aを露出部66へ向かわせる。すなわち、エアーノズル84は、露出部66がトップテープ52を捕捉するのを補助し、トップテープ52の先端を露出部66へ案内する。エアーノズル84はエアー供給部(図示省略)からエアーが供給される。 On the side of the bottom surface 60 a of the tape transport path 60 , an air nozzle 84 for ejecting air is arranged at a position facing the opening 83 with the air ejection direction directed toward the opening 83 . The air nozzle 84 is a jetting portion that jets air, and the jetted air hits the extending portion 52a of the top tape 52 located near the opening 83, and the force of the jetted air hits the extending portion 52a of the top tape 52. toward the exposed portion 66 . That is, the air nozzle 84 assists the exposed portion 66 to capture the top tape 52 and guides the tip of the top tape 52 to the exposed portion 66 . The air nozzle 84 is supplied with air from an air supply section (not shown).
 ユニット制御部64がエアー供給部を制御することにより、エアーノズル84から露出部66に向けて任意のタイミングでエアーを噴射することができる。本実施の形態では、トップテープ52のめくれが矯正されて、延出部52aが露出部66によって捕捉可能な位置に到達したタイミングで、ユニット制御部64がエアーノズル84からエアーを噴射するように制御している。例えば、第3センサPH3がキャリアテープ24の先端を検出すると、第3搬送スプロケット61cでキャリアテープ24を所定距離または所定時間だけ上流方向へ送った後にエアーを噴射してもよい。キャリアテープ24を所定距離または所定時間だけ逆方向に移動するうちにトップテープ52のめくれが矯正され、延出部52aを開口部83の下方へ移動させる。 By controlling the air supply section with the unit control section 64, air can be jetted from the air nozzle 84 toward the exposed section 66 at any timing. In the present embodiment, the curling of the top tape 52 is corrected, and the unit control section 64 ejects air from the air nozzle 84 at the timing when the extended portion 52a reaches a position where it can be captured by the exposed portion 66. controlling. For example, when the third sensor PH3 detects the leading edge of the carrier tape 24, the third conveying sprocket 61c may send the carrier tape 24 upstream for a predetermined distance or for a predetermined period of time before injecting air. While the carrier tape 24 is moved in the reverse direction for a predetermined distance or for a predetermined period of time, the curling of the top tape 52 is corrected, and the extension 52a is moved below the opening 83. As shown in FIG.
 エアーノズル84が噴射したエアーを延出部52aに吹き当てることにより、延出部52aを、下流側に位置する一方のローラ81に押し当てる。そしてローラ81とローラ82を図14(a)に示す矢印方向にそれぞれ回転させてローラ81に押し当てられた延出部52aを、一方のローラ81と他方のローラ82とで挟み込んで捕捉する。そして、ローラ81、82の回転を継続させてトップテープ52をベーステープ51から離れる方向に引き込むことにより、トップテープ52をベーステープ51から剥離する。 By blowing the air jetted by the air nozzle 84 onto the extending portion 52a, the extending portion 52a is pressed against one of the rollers 81 located downstream. Then, the rollers 81 and 82 are rotated in the directions of the arrows shown in FIG. 14(a), and the extending portion 52a pressed against the roller 81 is sandwiched between the rollers 81 and 82 and captured. Then, the top tape 52 is peeled off from the base tape 51 by continuing the rotation of the rollers 81 and 82 to pull the top tape 52 away from the base tape 51 .
 このときエアーノズル84は、噴射したエアーをキャリアテープ24の下方から延出部52aに吹き当てるように、エアーノズル84の噴射方向が設定されている。 At this time, the jetting direction of the air nozzle 84 is set so that the jetted air is blown from below the carrier tape 24 to the extending portion 52a.
 図8において、ユニット制御部64は駆動部61d、露出部66及び第3センサPH3とそれぞれ通信可能に接続されており、ユニット制御部64は、駆動部61d、露出部66を制御する。すなわちユニット制御部64が第3搬送スプロケット61cを制御することにより、キャリアテープ24をテープ搬送路60に沿って搬送するテープ搬送動作が実行される。このとき、ユニット制御部64は、キャリアテープ24の搬送タイミングおよび搬送量を制御することが可能となっている。 In FIG. 8, the unit control section 64 is communicably connected to the driving section 61d, the exposed section 66 and the third sensor PH3. That is, the tape transport operation of transporting the carrier tape 24 along the tape transport path 60 is executed by the unit control section 64 controlling the third transport sprocket 61c. At this time, the unit control section 64 can control the transport timing and transport amount of the carrier tape 24 .
 またユニット制御部64が第3センサPH3の検出信号に基づいてローラ81、82と、エアー供給部とを制御することにより、トップテープ52をキャリアテープ24のベーステープ51から剥離する剥離動作が実行される。この剥離動作では、エアーノズル84からエアーを噴射させることにより、トップテープ52を露出部66に捕捉させるようにしている。 Further, the unit control section 64 controls the rollers 81 and 82 and the air supply section based on the detection signal of the third sensor PH3, thereby performing a peeling operation for peeling the top tape 52 from the base tape 51 of the carrier tape 24. be done. In this peeling operation, the top tape 52 is captured by the exposed portion 66 by injecting air from the air nozzle 84 .
 ユニット制御部64には操作部が通信可能に接続されており、さらにユニット制御部64は部品搭載装置1の本体部2と通信可能に接続されている。上述のテープ搬送動作、テープ送り動作は、操作部から入力される操作指令、本体部2から送信される制御指令によって実行される。 An operating section is communicably connected to the unit control section 64, and the unit control section 64 is communicably connected to the main body section 2 of the component mounting apparatus 1. The tape conveying operation and the tape feeding operation described above are executed according to an operation command input from the operation unit and a control command transmitted from the main unit 2 .
 次に、上述した構成の部品供給ユニット23においてキャリアテープ24のベーステープ51からトップテープ52を剥離するテープ剥離方法について、特に図13~図14を参照して説明する。 Next, a tape peeling method for peeling the top tape 52 from the base tape 51 of the carrier tape 24 in the component supply unit 23 configured as described above will be described with particular reference to FIGS. 13 and 14. FIG.
 テープ入口23aに挿入されたキャリアテープ24は、テープ搬入部62の搬入スプロケット62aによってテープ搬送路60に沿って下流側へ搬送される。キャリアテープ24がテープ搬送路60の下流側に位置するテープ搬送部61の第3搬送スプロケット61cに到達(図15(b))したら、それ以降のキャリアテープ24の搬送はテープ搬送部61によって行われる。キャリアテープ24がテープ搬送路60に沿って下流側へ搬送される過程において、トップテープ52のめくれが発生する。このテープ搬送に際して、テープ搬送路60の傾斜部に配置された露出部66では、ローラ81、82がトップテープ52を挟み込んで捕捉することが可能な方向に回転状態にある。 The carrier tape 24 inserted into the tape entrance 23a is transported downstream along the tape transport path 60 by the loading sprocket 62a of the tape loading section 62. When the carrier tape 24 reaches the third conveying sprocket 61c of the tape conveying section 61 located downstream of the tape conveying path 60 (FIG. 15(b)), the carrier tape 24 is conveyed by the tape conveying section 61 thereafter. will be While the carrier tape 24 is transported downstream along the tape transport path 60, the top tape 52 is turned over. During this tape transport, the rollers 81 and 82 are rotating in a direction in which the top tape 52 can be pinched and captured at the exposed portion 66 arranged on the inclined portion of the tape transport path 60 .
 このテープ搬送の過程において、テープ搬送路60を搬送されるキャリアテープ24の先端部を第3センサPH3によって検出する検出工程が実行され、この検出結果はユニット制御部64に送られる。そしてこの検出結果に基づいて、トップテープ52のめくれを矯正する矯正工程を実施する。矯正工程はテープ搬送部61によって実行される。トップテープ52のめくれが矯正された後、テープ搬送路60の上流側に設けられた露出部66によって、トップテープ52をキャリアテープ24から剥離する剥離工程が実行される。この剥離工程に際しては、トップテープ52の延出部52aを露出部66に捕捉させるためのガスであるエアーを、噴射部であるエアーノズル84によって露出部66に向かって噴射するガス噴射工程が実行される。 In the course of this tape transport, a detection step is performed in which the leading edge of the carrier tape 24 transported on the tape transport path 60 is detected by the third sensor PH3, and the detection result is sent to the unit control section 64. Then, based on this detection result, a correction process for correcting the curling of the top tape 52 is performed. The correction process is performed by the tape conveying section 61 . After the curling of the top tape 52 is corrected, a peeling process is performed to peel the top tape 52 from the carrier tape 24 by the exposed portion 66 provided on the upstream side of the tape transport path 60 . During this peeling process, a gas injection process is executed in which air, which is a gas for trapping the extended portion 52a of the top tape 52 in the exposed portion 66, is injected toward the exposed portion 66 by an air nozzle 84, which is an injection portion. be done.
 トップテープ52の延出部52a(先端部)が露出部66によって剥離可能な位置に到達したタイミングで、ユニット制御部64がエアー供給部を制御してガス噴射工程を実行する。これにより、エアーノズル84から噴射したエアーが、キャリアテープ24の延出部52aに吹き当たる。 At the timing when the extending portion 52a (tip portion) of the top tape 52 reaches a position where it can be peeled off by the exposed portion 66, the unit control portion 64 controls the air supply portion to execute the gas injection process. As a result, the air jetted from the air nozzle 84 hits the extending portion 52 a of the carrier tape 24 .
 ベーステープ51の先端51aからトップテープ52が延出している延出部52aが、図13(a)に示すような、ベーステープ51の下方にめくれるカバーテープ下折れ、または、ベーステープ51の上方にめくれるカバーテープ上折れが発生する。この状態のトップテープ52にエアーノズル84からエアーを噴射しても延出部52aを吹き上げることができないので、露出部66にトップテープ52の延出部52aを案内することができない。 The extending portion 52a of the top tape 52 extending from the leading end 51a of the base tape 51 is turned over below the base tape 51 as shown in FIG. 13(a). The top fold of the cover tape that is turned over occurs. Even if air is injected from the air nozzle 84 to the top tape 52 in this state, the extending portion 52 a cannot be blown up, so the extending portion 52 a of the top tape 52 cannot be guided to the exposed portion 66 .
 図13(a)に示すように、第3搬送スプロケット61cは、トップテープ52の延出部52aの先端がエアーノズル84よりも下流側に位置するように、キャリアテープ24を前進させる。ユニット制御部64は、エアーノズル84よりも下流側に配置された第3センサPH3からのキャリアテープ24の検出信号を受信するまで、キャリアテープ24を搬送するように第3搬送スプロケット61cを制御してもよい。 As shown in FIG. 13( a ), the third transport sprocket 61 c moves the carrier tape 24 forward so that the tip of the extension 52 a of the top tape 52 is located downstream of the air nozzle 84 . The unit control section 64 controls the third conveying sprocket 61c to convey the carrier tape 24 until it receives a detection signal of the carrier tape 24 from the third sensor PH3 arranged downstream of the air nozzle 84. may
 次に、第3センサPH3がキャリアテープ24を検出すると、ユニット制御部64はこの検出信号を基に、キャリアテープ24の搬送を停止し、逆送り、すなわち、キャリアテープ24をテープ入口23aの方へ搬送するように第3搬送スプロケット61cを制御する。これにより、第3搬送スプロケット61cが逆回転して、図13(b)に示すようにキャリアテープ24が上流方向へ所定の距離だけ後進する。 Next, when the third sensor PH3 detects the carrier tape 24, the unit control section 64 stops feeding the carrier tape 24 based on this detection signal and feeds it backward, that is, moves the carrier tape 24 toward the tape entrance 23a. The third transport sprocket 61c is controlled to transport to. As a result, the third transport sprocket 61c rotates in the reverse direction, and the carrier tape 24 moves backward by a predetermined distance in the upstream direction as shown in FIG. 13(b).
 図13(b)に示すように、第3搬送スプロケット61cがキャリアテープ24を逆送りすると、めくれたトップテープ52の延出部52aのめくれが矯正され、トップテープ52の延出部52aが直線状に伸ばされる。この状態になるように、第3センサPH3でキャリアテープ24を検出してからタイマーの計測により所定の時間キャリアテープ24を逆送りすることで、トップテープ52のめくれが矯正される。 As shown in FIG. 13(b), when the third transport sprocket 61c feeds the carrier tape 24 in the reverse direction, the extension 52a of the top tape 52 is straightened. stretched into a shape. After detecting the carrier tape 24 by the third sensor PH3, the carrier tape 24 is reversed for a predetermined time by measuring the timer so that the top tape 52 is turned up.
 所定時間キャリアテープ24を逆送りした後で、再び、ユニット制御部64はキャリアテープ24を順方向に所定距離(所定時間)搬送(順送り)させると、図13(b)に示すように、トップテープ52の延出部52aを、露出部66の中心(ローラ81と82との間)の下方に位置させることができる。 After the carrier tape 24 is fed backward for a predetermined time, the unit control section 64 again feeds (forwards) the carrier tape 24 in the forward direction by a predetermined distance (predetermined time). The extension 52a of tape 52 can be positioned below the center of exposed portion 66 (between rollers 81 and 82).
 ユニット制御部64は、このタイミングでエアーノズル84からエアーを噴射させてトップテープ52の先端52bをローラ81、82に吹き付けてトップテープ52の延出部52aを露出部66へ送り、図14(a)に示すように、ローラ81、82がトップテープ52を挟み込んで回転する。このようにして、ベーステープ51から完全に自動的にトップテープ52を剥離させることができる。図14(b)に示すように、キャリアテープ24がさらに前進すると、それに伴ってローラ81、82も回転して、トップテープ52が剥がされて、キャリアテープ24のポケット53に収納された部品5の上面が露出する。 At this timing, the unit control section 64 jets air from the air nozzle 84 to blow the leading end 52b of the top tape 52 against the rollers 81 and 82 to send the extended portion 52a of the top tape 52 to the exposed portion 66, as shown in FIG. As shown in a), the rollers 81 and 82 rotate while sandwiching the top tape 52 . In this way, the top tape 52 can be peeled off from the base tape 51 completely automatically. As shown in FIG. 14(b), when the carrier tape 24 advances further, the rollers 81 and 82 also rotate accordingly, the top tape 52 is peeled off, and the component 5 stored in the pocket 53 of the carrier tape 24 is removed. exposed.
 このように、キャリアテープ24を逆送りするだけで、トップテープ52のめくれを矯正することができる。キャリアテープ24を逆送りすると、トップテープ52の延出部52aにテープ搬送路60内の空気が当たり、トップテープ52の先端52bに対してベーステープ51が上流側へ移動する。キャリアテープ24の逆送によりトップテープ52のめくれを矯正する場合、トップテープ52の先端を捕捉する露出部66の中心よりも上流側でトップテープ52のめくれを矯正することが必要である。 Thus, the curling of the top tape 52 can be corrected simply by feeding the carrier tape 24 backward. When the carrier tape 24 is reversed, the air in the tape transport path 60 hits the extending portion 52a of the top tape 52, and the base tape 51 moves upstream with respect to the leading end 52b of the top tape 52. As shown in FIG. When correcting the curling of the top tape 52 by feeding the carrier tape 24 backward, it is necessary to correct the curling of the top tape 52 on the upstream side of the center of the exposed portion 66 that captures the tip of the top tape 52 .
 露出された部品5はその下流に形成された開口部、すなわち部品取り出し位置23baへキャリアテープ24と共にテープ搬送部61によって搬送される(図16(a)、(b)参照)。部品取り出し位置23baに対応する位置には、開口部が形成されている。 The exposed component 5 is conveyed by the tape conveying section 61 together with the carrier tape 24 to the opening formed downstream thereof, that is, the component pick-up position 23ba (see FIGS. 16(a) and 16(b)). An opening is formed at a position corresponding to the component extraction position 23ba.
 次に図15から図17を参照して、部品供給ユニット23によるキャリアテープ搬送動作を説明する。 Next, the carrier tape conveying operation by the component supply unit 23 will be described with reference to FIGS. 15 to 17. FIG.
 図15(a)を参照する。作業者は、ランプ23fが点滅している部品供給ユニット23のテープ入口23aに配置されたテープ支持部62bに沿ってキャリアテープ24を挿入する。作業者は、キャリアテープ24を挿入すると部品供給ユニット23のスイッチ23gを押下する。テープ搬送路60の下流側にカレントテープ24aがある場合、ゲートユニット63bのゲート74がロックされている状態でテープ搬入部62がキャリアテープ24を搬入し、第1センサPH1でキャリアテープ24が検知されたら搬入スプロケット62aを停止させる。作業者が第1センサPH1で検知される位置までキャリアテープ24を挿入させていれば、テープ搬入部62は作動しない。いずれの場合もキャリアテープ24はゲート74より奥へ進入することができない。 See FIG. 15(a). The operator inserts the carrier tape 24 along the tape support portion 62b arranged at the tape entrance 23a of the component supply unit 23 whose lamp 23f is blinking. When the operator inserts the carrier tape 24, the switch 23g of the component supply unit 23 is pressed. When the current tape 24a is present on the downstream side of the tape transport path 60, the tape loading section 62 loads the carrier tape 24 while the gate 74 of the gate unit 63b is locked, and the carrier tape 24 is detected by the first sensor PH1. Then, the carry-in sprocket 62a is stopped. If the operator inserts the carrier tape 24 to the position detected by the first sensor PH1, the tape loading section 62 does not operate. In either case, the carrier tape 24 cannot enter deeper than the gate 74 .
 作業者がスイッチ23gを押下した時点で、テープ搬送路60の下流側にキャリアテープ24が無い場合、スイッチ23gが押下されるとゲート74のロックが解除され、その状態でテープ搬入部62がキャリアテープ24を搬送する。これによりキャリアテープ24はその先端でゲート74を押し上げてテープ搬送路60内に送り込まれる。図15(b)に示すように、キャリアテープ24が第3搬送スプロケット61cのピンに当たる位置まで搬送されると搬入スプロケット62aによる搬入は停止する。キャリアテープ24は、第3搬送スプロケット61cによりさらに下流側へ搬送され、第3センサPH3により検出されると露出部66にトップテープ52を補足させる動作がテープ搬送部61によって行われる。 If there is no carrier tape 24 on the downstream side of the tape transport path 60 when the operator presses the switch 23g, the gate 74 is unlocked when the switch 23g is pressed, and the tape loading section 62 moves to the carrier in this state. The tape 24 is transported. As a result, the carrier tape 24 pushes up the gate 74 with its leading end and is fed into the tape transport path 60 . As shown in FIG. 15(b), when the carrier tape 24 is transported to a position where it hits the pin of the third transport sprocket 61c, the loading by the loading sprocket 62a stops. The carrier tape 24 is conveyed further downstream by the third conveying sprocket 61c, and when detected by the third sensor PH3, the tape conveying portion 61 causes the exposed portion 66 to capture the top tape 52. FIG.
 露出部66がトップテープ52を補足すると、露出部66及び第3搬送スプロケット61cにより、トップテープ52が剥離されながらキャリアテープ24がさらに下流側に搬送される。キャリアテープ24の送り孔54に第2搬送スプロケット61bのピンが挿入されると、図16(a)に示すように、駆動部61dが第2搬送スプロケット61bを駆動してキャリアテープ24の先頭のポケット53を部品取り出し位置23baに位置決めする。 When the exposed portion 66 captures the top tape 52, the carrier tape 24 is transported further downstream while the top tape 52 is peeled off by the exposed portion 66 and the third transport sprocket 61c. When the pins of the second transport sprocket 61b are inserted into the feed holes 54 of the carrier tape 24, the drive unit 61d drives the second transport sprocket 61b to move the top of the carrier tape 24 as shown in FIG. 16(a). The pocket 53 is positioned at the component pick-up position 23ba.
 次に、テープ搬入部62で走路変更が行われる。図16(b)に示すように、テープ搬入部62を通過するキャリアテープ24は走路変更によりテープ搬入部62から脱落してその下方のテープ搬送路60の底面60aへ移動する。なお、走路変更は、キャリアテープ24がテープ搬送部61の第2搬送スプロケット61b及び第3搬送スプロケット61cに係合しているタイミングのときに実行する。また、走路変更が実行されると、ゲート74が下方へ移動してロック状態になる。 Next, the tape loading section 62 changes the running path. As shown in FIG. 16B, the carrier tape 24 passing through the tape loading section 62 drops out of the tape loading section 62 due to the change of the running path and moves to the bottom surface 60a of the tape transport path 60 below. Note that the change of the running path is executed at the timing when the carrier tape 24 is engaged with the second transport sprocket 61b and the third transport sprocket 61c of the tape transport unit 61. FIG. Also, when the lane is changed, the gate 74 moves downward and is locked.
 図17(a)に示すように、作業者は、走路変更により空きとなったテープ搬入部62に、次に使用するキャリアテープ24(ネクストテープ24b)を挿入することができる。テープ搬入部62へのキャリアテープ24の挿入方法は、既に上述した方法と同様である。 As shown in FIG. 17(a), the operator can insert the carrier tape 24 (next tape 24b) to be used next into the tape loading section 62 that has become vacant due to the change of track. The method of inserting the carrier tape 24 into the tape loading section 62 is the same as the method already described above.
 図17(b)に示すように、キャリアテープ24の部品切れが検出され、且つ、キャリアテープ24の終端の通過が第2センサPH2で検出されると、テープ搬送部61はキャリアテープ24を排出(テープ排出)する。部品切れが検出された時点でキャリアテープ24の終端の通過が検知されていなければ、終端サーチを行い、その後テープ排出を実行する。カレントテープ24aの搬出が終わると、ゲート74のロックが解除され、その状態でテープ搬入部62がネクストテープ24bを搬送する。これにより、ネクストテープ24bはその先端でゲート74を押し上げてテープ搬送路60内に送り込まれる。ネクストテープ24bがテープ搬送部61の最上流の第3搬送スプロケット61cのピンに当たる位置まで搬送されると搬入スプロケット62aによる搬入は停止する。この後、走路の変更が実施されて、ネクストテープ24bがカレントテープ24aとして搬送される。 As shown in FIG. 17(b), when the carrier tape 24 runs out of components and the passage of the end of the carrier tape 24 is detected by the second sensor PH2, the tape conveying unit 61 discharges the carrier tape 24. (eject tape). If the passing of the end of the carrier tape 24 is not detected at the time when the lack of components is detected, the end search is performed, and then the tape is ejected. After the current tape 24a has been unloaded, the gate 74 is unlocked, and the tape loading section 62 transports the next tape 24b in this state. As a result, the next tape 24b is fed into the tape transport path 60 by pushing up the gate 74 with its leading edge. When the next tape 24b is transported to a position where it hits the pin of the most upstream third transport sprocket 61c of the tape transport section 61, the transport by the transport sprocket 62a stops. After that, the running path is changed, and the next tape 24b is conveyed as the current tape 24a.
《テープカセット》
 次に図18を参照して、テープカセット22を説明する。図18(a)、図18(b)、図18(c)は、格納カセット22Bとして用いるテープカセット22にキャリアテープ24のロール体25を出し入れする様子を示すテープカセット22の側視断面図である。
《Tape Cassette》
Next, referring to FIG. 18, the tape cassette 22 will be described. 18(a), 18(b), and 18(c) are side sectional views of the tape cassette 22 showing how the roll body 25 of the carrier tape 24 is taken in and out of the tape cassette 22 used as the storage cassette 22B. be.
 テープカセット22にロール体25を格納する場合には、シャッタ42を開放位置に位置させた状態で、格納部41の正面に開けられた開口41bからロール体25を挿入し(図18(a)中に示す矢印)、操作レバー86を下方へ移動させる(図18(b)中に示す矢印)。これによりシャッタ42は開放位置から閉止位置に移動し、格納部41の開口41bはシャッタ42によって閉止されて、ロール体25はテープカセット22に格納された状態となる(図18(b))。 When the roll body 25 is stored in the tape cassette 22, the roll body 25 is inserted through the opening 41b opened in front of the storage section 41 with the shutter 42 positioned at the open position (FIG. 18A). 18(b)), and the operating lever 86 is moved downward (arrow shown in FIG. 18(b)). As a result, the shutter 42 moves from the open position to the closed position, the opening 41b of the storage section 41 is closed by the shutter 42, and the roll body 25 is stored in the tape cassette 22 (FIG. 18(b)).
 一方、テープカセット22に格納されたロール体25を取り出す場合もしくは格納カセット装着部39に装着して格納したロール体25から引き出したキャリアテープ24を部品供給ユニット23で使用する場合には、操作レバー86を上方へ移動させる(図18(c)中に示す矢印)。これによりシャッタ42は閉止位置から開放位置に移動し、格納部41の開口41bは開放されて、格納部41からロール体25を取り出すことが可能となる(図18(c)中に示す矢印)。 On the other hand, when the roll body 25 stored in the tape cassette 22 is taken out, or when the carrier tape 24 pulled out from the roll body 25 loaded and stored in the storage cassette mounting portion 39 is used in the component supply unit 23, the operating lever 86 is moved upward (an arrow shown in FIG. 18(c)). As a result, the shutter 42 moves from the closed position to the open position, the opening 41b of the storage section 41 is opened, and the roll body 25 can be taken out from the storage section 41 (arrow shown in FIG. 18(c)). .
 このように本実施の形態において、格納装置としてのテープカセット22は、ロール体25を格納する空間41aを有するとともに前方にロール体25を出し入れ可能な開口41bを有する格納部41と、開口41bの少なくとも一部を塞ぐことにより空間41aに格納されたロール体25が開口41bを通過して格納部41の外部に移動するのを規制する第1の位置(閉止位置)と格納空間に格納されたロール体25が開口41bを通過して格納部41の外部に移動するのを許容する第2の位置(開放位置)との間で変位する規制部としてのシャッタ42を備えた構成となっている。 As described above, in this embodiment, the tape cassette 22 as a storage device includes a storage portion 41 having a space 41a for storing the roll body 25 and an opening 41b through which the roll body 25 can be taken in and out, and the opening 41b. A first position (closed position) for restricting movement of the roll body 25 stored in the space 41a to the outside of the storage section 41 through the opening 41b by blocking at least a portion thereof, and It is configured to have a shutter 42 as a regulating portion that is displaced between a second position (open position) that allows the roll body 25 to pass through the opening 41b and move to the outside of the storage portion 41. .
 次に図19を参照して、図19(a)及び図19(b)は、ロール体25の移動の様子を示す部品供給部3の一部の側視断面図である。格納カセット22Bを格納カセット装着部39に装着する過程でキャリアテープ24を引き込んだ部品供給ユニット23は、その引き込んだキャリアテープ24がカレントテープ24aである場合にはそのままキャリアテープ24を搬送して部品5の供給を行う。引き込んだキャリアテープ24がネクストテープ24bである場合には、カレントテープ24aの終端が部品供給ユニット23内の第3チェックポイントを通過したことを検知するまでネクストテープ24bを待機させる。カレントテープ24aの終端が第3チェックポイントを通過した時点で、受容カセット22Aの格納部41は空になっている。部品供給ユニット23がネクストテープ24bの搬送を開始すると、格納カセット22Bに格納されているネクストテープ24bのロール体25は、部品供給ユニット23が搬送するネクストテープ24bに引っ張られて前方に転動し、その前方に位置する受容カセット22Aの格納部41内に移動する(図19(a)→図19(b))。 Next, referring to FIG. 19, FIGS. 19(a) and 19(b) are side cross-sectional views of part of the component supply section 3 showing how the roll body 25 moves. The component supply unit 23 that has drawn in the carrier tape 24 in the process of mounting the storage cassette 22B to the storage cassette mounting portion 39 conveys the carrier tape 24 as it is when the drawn-in carrier tape 24 is the current tape 24a. 5 is supplied. If the pulled-in carrier tape 24 is the next tape 24b, the next tape 24b is put on standby until it is detected that the end of the current tape 24a has passed the third checkpoint in the component supply unit 23. When the end of the current tape 24a passes the third checkpoint, the storage section 41 of the receiving cassette 22A is empty. When the component supply unit 23 starts transporting the next tape 24b, the roll 25 of the next tape 24b stored in the storage cassette 22B is pulled by the next tape 24b transported by the component supply unit 23 and rolls forward. , moves into the storage portion 41 of the receiving cassette 22A positioned in front thereof (FIG. 19(a)→FIG. 19(b)).
 格納カセット22Bに格納されていたロール体25が受容カセット22A内に移動すると、格納カセット22Bは空となる。空となった格納カセット22Bは、次に使用するキャリアテープ24のロール体25(格納カセット22B)を台車21に装着させるために、台車21(カセット装着部46a)から取り外される。そして、部品供給ユニット23による部品5の供給が進んだところで、作業者は、前述の要領によって、新たなテープカセット22をカセット装着部46aに装着する。 When the roll body 25 stored in the storage cassette 22B moves into the receiving cassette 22A, the storage cassette 22B becomes empty. The empty storage cassette 22B is removed from the carriage 21 (cassette mounting portion 46a) in order to mount the roll body 25 (storage cassette 22B) of the carrier tape 24 to be used next. After the supply of the components 5 by the component supply unit 23 has progressed, the operator mounts a new tape cassette 22 in the cassette mounting portion 46a according to the procedure described above.
 次に、図20を参照して、複数の部品搭載装置1を含む部品実装システム91の構成について説明する。図20は、部品実装システムの構成の一例を示す図である。 Next, the configuration of a component mounting system 91 including a plurality of component mounting apparatuses 1 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 20 is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of a component mounting system.
 部品実装システム91は、管理装置92、カセット準備ステーション93、段取りステーション94、1つ以上の部品搭載装置1、携帯型情報端末95、及び、ネットワーク96を備える。 A component mounting system 91 includes a management device 92 , a cassette preparation station 93 , a setup station 94 , one or more component mounting devices 1 , a portable information terminal 95 and a network 96 .
《管理装置》
 管理装置92は、カセット準備ステーション93、段取りステーション94、及び1つ以上の部品搭載装置1の生産情報をまとめて管理する。管理装置92は、例えば、ホストコンピュータであり、例えば、マイコン、CPU、MPU、GPU、DSP、FPGA、またはASIC等の集積回路で構成することができる。管理装置92の機能は、ハードウェアとソフトウェアとを組み合わせることにより実現される。管理装置92は、記憶部105に格納されたデータやプログラムを読み出して種々の演算処理を行うことで、予め定められた機能を実現する。管理装置92は、カセット管理部101、生産実績収集部102、部品補充指示部103、トレース情報集約部104、及び記憶部105を備える。
《Management device》
The management device 92 collectively manages the production information of the cassette preparation station 93 , setup station 94 , and one or more component mounting devices 1 . The management device 92 is, for example, a host computer, and can be configured by an integrated circuit such as a microcomputer, CPU, MPU, GPU, DSP, FPGA, or ASIC. The functions of the management device 92 are realized by combining hardware and software. The management device 92 reads data and programs stored in the storage unit 105 and performs various arithmetic processing, thereby realizing predetermined functions. The management device 92 includes a cassette management section 101 , a production result collection section 102 , a parts replenishment instruction section 103 , a trace information collection section 104 and a storage section 105 .
 カセット管理部101は、テープカセット22のカセットID情報とテープカセット22に収容されている部品5の部品情報とを関連付けたカセット管理情報111を生成・更新する。カセット管理情報111は、記憶部105で保管する。図25に一例を示すカセット管理情報111は部品情報としての部品IDの他、部品数(残数)を含んでいる。この他にも、図25には表れていないが、カセットの装着場所や所在を特定する所在情報やステータスに関する情報も含んでいる。カセット管理部101は、部品搭載装置1から通知された生産に使用された部品数の情報に基づいて部品数を更新する。また、カセット管理部101は、カセット装着部46aにおけるテープカセット22の有無検出に基づいてカセットの所在やステータスに関する情報を更新する。 The cassette management unit 101 generates and updates cassette management information 111 that associates the cassette ID information of the tape cassette 22 with the component information of the components 5 contained in the tape cassette 22 . The cassette management information 111 is stored in the storage unit 105 . The cassette management information 111, an example of which is shown in FIG. 25, includes the number of parts (remaining number) in addition to the part ID as part information. In addition, although not shown in FIG. 25, it also includes location information and status information for specifying the mounting location and location of the cassette. The cassette management unit 101 updates the number of parts based on the information on the number of parts used in production notified from the component mounting apparatus 1 . Further, the cassette management unit 101 updates the information regarding the location and status of the cassette based on detection of the presence or absence of the tape cassette 22 in the cassette mounting unit 46a.
 生産実績収集部102は、それぞれの部品搭載装置1における基板4の生産実績を収集する。 The production record collection unit 102 collects the production record of the board 4 in each component mounting apparatus 1 .
 部品補充指示部103は、ネクストテープ24bの補充作業の指示をする。 The parts replenishment instruction unit 103 instructs the replenishment work of the next tape 24b.
 トレース情報集約部104は、それぞれの部品搭載装置1で作成されたトレース情報を収集して、シリアルされたトレース情報を生成する。 The trace information aggregating unit 104 collects the trace information created by each component mounting apparatus 1 and generates serialized trace information.
 記憶部105は、カセット準備ステーション93、段取りステーション94、1つ以上の部品搭載装置1、及び、携帯型情報端末95から送られる情報や生産に関する情報を記憶する。また、記憶部105はカセット準備ステーション93、段取りステーション94、1つ以上の部品搭載装置1の運転や処理に必要な情報を記憶する。記憶部105は、カセット管理情報111、生産プログラム112、生産実績113、及び、集約されたトレース情報114を記憶している。記憶部105は、例えば、ハードディスク(HDD)、SSD、RAM、DRAM、強誘電体メモリ、フラッシュメモリ、磁気ディスク、又はこれらの組み合わせによって実現できる。 The storage unit 105 stores information sent from the cassette preparation station 93, the setup station 94, one or more component mounting apparatuses 1, and the portable information terminal 95 and information on production. Further, the storage unit 105 stores information necessary for operation and processing of the cassette preparation station 93, the setup station 94, and one or more component mounting apparatuses 1. FIG. The storage unit 105 stores cassette management information 111 , production programs 112 , production results 113 , and aggregated trace information 114 . The storage unit 105 can be implemented by, for example, a hard disk (HDD), SSD, RAM, DRAM, ferroelectric memory, flash memory, magnetic disk, or a combination thereof.
 カセット準備ステーション93は、リール27(図24参照)に巻かれたロール体25を取り外してテープカセット22に入れる構造体である。カセット準備ステーション93は、コード読み取り部121とリーダライタ122とを備える。 The cassette preparation station 93 is a structure that removes the roll body 25 wound around the reel 27 (see FIG. 24) and puts it into the tape cassette 22 . The cassette preparation station 93 has a code reader 121 and a reader/writer 122 .
 段取りステーション94は、次の生産のために、部品搭載装置1の外側で段取りをする構造体である。段取りステーション94は、部品供給部3とドッキング可能なドッキング部131を備える。 The setup station 94 is a structure that performs setup outside the component mounting apparatus 1 for the next production. The setup station 94 includes a docking section 131 that can be docked with the component supply section 3 .
 携帯型情報端末95は管理装置92と無線通信するので、作業者は携帯型情報端末95を持ち運びながら管理装置92が有する生産情報を確認することができる。また、部品補充指示部103から外段取りの指示が携帯型情報端末95に送られるので、その指示にしたがって作業者が外段取りの作業を行うことができる。携帯型情報端末95は、例えば、タブレット端末またはスマートフォンである。 Since the portable information terminal 95 wirelessly communicates with the management device 92, the worker can check the production information held by the management device 92 while carrying the portable information terminal 95. In addition, since an instruction for external setup is sent from the parts supply instruction unit 103 to the portable information terminal 95, the operator can perform the external setup work according to the instruction. The portable information terminal 95 is, for example, a tablet terminal or a smart phone.
 ネットワーク96は、管理装置92、カセット準備ステーション93、段取りステーション94、及び、部品搭載装置1をそれぞれ互いに通信可能に接続する。 A network 96 connects the management device 92, the cassette preparation station 93, the setup station 94, and the component mounting device 1 so that they can communicate with each other.
 次に、図21を参照して段取りステーション94の構成について説明する。段取りステーション94は、さらに、コネクタ132、モニタ133、操作部134、及びコード読み取り部135を備える。 Next, the configuration of the setup station 94 will be described with reference to FIG. The setup station 94 further includes a connector 132 , a monitor 133 , an operating section 134 and a code reading section 135 .
 ドッキング部131は、処理部136と記憶部138とを備える。ドッキング部131は、台車21により移動可能な部品供給部3が着脱可能である。ドッキング部131はネットワーク96を介して管理装置92と通信可能である。また、段取りステーションの94のコネクタ132に部品供給部3のコネクタ21aが接続されており、台車21に装着された部品供給ユニット23とコネクタ21aを通じて互いに通信可能になる。 The docking unit 131 includes a processing unit 136 and a storage unit 138. The docking unit 131 is detachable from the parts supply unit 3 that can be moved by the carriage 21 . The docking unit 131 can communicate with the management device 92 via the network 96 . Also, the connector 21a of the component supply section 3 is connected to the connector 132 of the setup station 94, so that the component supply unit 23 mounted on the cart 21 and the connector 21a can communicate with each other.
 処理部136は、段取り部137を有する。段取り部137については後で詳細に説明する。処理部136は、半導体素子などで構成される集積回路で実現可能である。処理部136は、例えば、マイコン、CPU、MPU、GPU、DSP、FPGA、またはASIC等の回路で構成することができる。処理部136の機能は、ハードウェアのみで構成してもよいし、ハードウェアとソフトウェアとを組み合わせることにより実現してもよい。処理部136は、記憶部138に格納されたデータやプログラムを読み出して種々の演算処理を行うことで、予め定められた機能を実現する。 The processing section 136 has a setup section 137 . The setup section 137 will be described later in detail. The processing unit 136 can be realized by an integrated circuit composed of a semiconductor element or the like. The processing unit 136 can be configured by a circuit such as a microcomputer, CPU, MPU, GPU, DSP, FPGA, or ASIC, for example. The functions of the processing unit 136 may be configured only by hardware, or may be realized by combining hardware and software. The processing unit 136 reads data and programs stored in the storage unit 138 and performs various arithmetic processing, thereby realizing predetermined functions.
 記憶部138は、接続情報138aを有する。接続情報138aは、ポートの対応関係に関する情報であり、部品供給部3が接続されるポートP01~P22と、無線タグと通信されるポートP23~P66との対応関係の情報である。例えば、ポートP01とポートP23、P24とがグループ化されている情報を有する。記憶部138は、例えば、ハードディスク(HDD)、SSD、RAM、DRAM、強誘電体メモリ、フラッシュメモリ、磁気ディスク、又はこれらの組み合わせによって実現できる。 The storage unit 138 has connection information 138a. The connection information 138a is information about the correspondence between ports, and is information about the correspondence between the ports P01 to P22 to which the component supply unit 3 is connected and the ports P23 to P66 for communication with the wireless tag. For example, it has information that the port P01 and the ports P23 and P24 are grouped. The storage unit 138 can be implemented by, for example, a hard disk (HDD), SSD, RAM, DRAM, ferroelectric memory, flash memory, magnetic disk, or a combination thereof.
 部品供給部3は、ポート番号P01~P66まで振り分けられた中継基板40を備える。リーダライタ29a、29b及び部品供給ユニット23のユニット制御部64が中継基板40を介して段取りステーション94及び管理装置92と通信可能である。 The component supply unit 3 includes relay boards 40 assigned to port numbers P01 to P66. The reader/ writers 29 a and 29 b and the unit control section 64 of the component supply unit 23 can communicate with the setup station 94 and the management device 92 via the relay board 40 .
 管理装置92の記憶部105に記憶されている生産プログラム112には、セットアップ情報が含まれる。セットアップ情報は、カセット装着部46aに割り当てられた部品供給位置番号と供給すべき部品とが関連づけられた情報である。部品供給位置番号とは供給ユニットベース31における供給ユニット装着部31bの番地に相当する情報である。したがって、段取りステーション94では、セットアップ情報の部品供給位置番号で指定された供給ユニット装着部31bに装着した部品供給ユニット23に、セットアップ情報で指定された部品を収納したキャリアテープ24をセットする作業が生産前に行われる。 The production program 112 stored in the storage unit 105 of the management device 92 includes setup information. The setup information is information in which the component supply position number assigned to the cassette mounting portion 46a and the component to be supplied are associated with each other. The component supply position number is information corresponding to the address of the supply unit mounting portion 31b in the supply unit base 31. FIG. Therefore, in the setup station 94, there is a task of setting the carrier tape 24 containing the components specified in the setup information to the component supply unit 23 mounted in the supply unit mounting portion 31b specified by the component supply position number in the setup information. done before production.
 次に、図22を参照して、部品供給部3が部品搭載装置1の本体部2にドッキングしているときの構成を説明する。 Next, with reference to FIG. 22, the configuration when the component supply section 3 is docked with the main body section 2 of the component mounting apparatus 1 will be described.
 本体制御部17は、処理部141及び記憶部142を備える。本体制御部17は、半導体素子などで構成される集積回路で実現可能である。本体制御部17は、例えば、マイコン、CPU、MPU、GPU、DSP、FPGA、またはASIC等の回路で構成することができる。本体制御部17の機能は、ハードウェアのみで構成してもよいし、ハードウェアとソフトウェアとを組み合わせることにより実現してもよい。本体制御部17は、記憶部142に格納されたデータやプログラムを読み出して種々の演算処理を行うことで、予め定められた機能を実現する。 The body control unit 17 includes a processing unit 141 and a storage unit 142. The body control unit 17 can be realized by an integrated circuit composed of a semiconductor element or the like. The body control unit 17 can be configured by a circuit such as a microcomputer, CPU, MPU, GPU, DSP, FPGA, or ASIC, for example. The functions of the body control unit 17 may be configured only by hardware, or may be realized by combining hardware and software. The body control unit 17 reads data and programs stored in the storage unit 142 and performs various arithmetic processing, thereby realizing predetermined functions.
 処理部141は、動作制御部143、部品切れ判定部144、情報更新部145、供給ユニット状態検出部146、部品補充支援部147及びトレース情報作成部148を備える。 The processing unit 141 includes an operation control unit 143 , a parts depletion determination unit 144 , an information update unit 145 , a supply unit state detection unit 146 , a parts replenishment support unit 147 and a trace information creation unit 148 .
 動作制御部143は、部品5を基板4に搭載する一連の動きを制御し、例えば、基板搬送部12、搭載ヘッド13、及び、ヘッド移動機構14の動作を制御する。 The motion control unit 143 controls a series of motions for mounting the component 5 on the substrate 4, for example, controls the motions of the substrate transfer unit 12, the mounting head 13, and the head moving mechanism 14.
 部品切れ判定部144は、部品供給ユニット23から供給される部品5が部品切れになったか否かを判定する。部品切れ判定部144は、搭載ヘッド13のノズル13aが部品5を連続して予め定められた回数取り損ねた場合に、部品切れが発生していると判定する。 The parts shortage determination unit 144 determines whether the parts 5 supplied from the parts supply unit 23 have run out. The component depletion determination unit 144 determines that component depletion has occurred when the nozzle 13a of the mounting head 13 fails to pick up the component 5 a predetermined number of times in succession.
 情報更新部145は、キャリアテープ24の入れ替えに合わせて、無線タグ28に記録されている情報を更新させる。情報の更新には、情報の消去や新たな情報の上書きが含まれる。 The information updating unit 145 updates the information recorded in the wireless tag 28 when the carrier tape 24 is replaced. Updating information includes erasing information and overwriting new information.
 供給ユニット状態検出部146は、部品供給ユニット23においてテープ搬入部62にネクストテープ24bが挿入可能であることを検出して、部品補充指示部103に部品補充が可能であることを示す信号を送信する。部品補充が可能な部品供給ユニット23は、ネクストテープ24bがテープ搬入部62に挿入されておらず、ネクストテープ24bが挿入可能な状態である。 The supply unit state detection unit 146 detects that the next tape 24b can be inserted into the tape loading unit 62 in the component supply unit 23, and transmits a signal indicating that component supply is possible to the component supply instruction unit 103. do. The component supply unit 23 capable of component replenishment is in a state in which the next tape 24b is not inserted into the tape loading section 62 and the next tape 24b can be inserted.
 部品補充支援部147は、部品補充指示部103から補充対象の部品供給ユニット23を指定する情報を受け取って、部品供給ユニット23のランプ23fを点滅させて、作業者に補充対象の部品供給ユニット23を報知する。 The component replenishment support unit 147 receives information designating the component supply unit 23 to be replenished from the component replenishment instruction unit 103, blinks the lamp 23f of the component supply unit 23, and instructs the operator to select the component supply unit 23 to be replenished. to be notified.
 トレース情報作成部148は、無線タグ28に記憶された部品5のそれぞれのトレース情報を基に、それぞれの部品5が搭載された基板4のトレース情報を作成する。例えば、トレース情報作成部148は、基板4のIDと基板4に搭載された各部品5の部品情報とを関連づけてトレース情報を作成する。作成された基板4のトレース情報は、個別トレース情報153として記憶部142に記憶される。 Based on the trace information of each component 5 stored in the wireless tag 28, the trace information creation unit 148 creates trace information of the board 4 on which each component 5 is mounted. For example, the trace information creation unit 148 creates trace information by associating the ID of the board 4 with component information of each component 5 mounted on the board 4 . The created trace information of the board 4 is stored in the storage unit 142 as the individual trace information 153 .
 記憶部142は、生産プログラム151、接続情報152、及び個別トレース情報153を記憶する。記憶部142は、例えば、ハードディスク(HDD)、SSD、RAM、DRAM、強誘電体メモリ、フラッシュメモリ、磁気ディスク、又はこれらの組み合わせによって実現できる。記憶部142は、1つのユニットベース側コネクタ30のポートに対して1つのリーダライタ29aのポートと1つのリーダライタ29bのポートを関連付けた接続情報152を記憶している。本体制御部17は、複数のユニットベース側コネクタ30と複数のリーダライタ29aと複数のリーダライタ29bに個別に割り当てられたポートに基づいて通信先を選択する。 The storage unit 142 stores a production program 151, connection information 152, and individual trace information 153. The storage unit 142 can be implemented by, for example, a hard disk (HDD), SSD, RAM, DRAM, ferroelectric memory, flash memory, magnetic disk, or a combination thereof. The storage unit 142 stores connection information 152 in which one port of the reader/writer 29 a and one port of the reader/writer 29 b are associated with one port of the unit base side connector 30 . The body control section 17 selects communication destinations based on the ports individually assigned to the plurality of unit base side connectors 30, the plurality of reader/writers 29a, and the plurality of reader/writers 29b.
 生産プログラム151は、部品搭載装置1を作動させるために必要なプログラムである。生産プログラム151は、管理装置92の記憶部105に記憶されている生産プログラム112からダウンロードして記憶部142に記憶されたものである。生産プログラム151には、前述のセットアップ情報151a(生産プログラム112のセットアップ情報)の他、基板4の部品搭載位置(座標)とそこに搭載する部品5の名称や搭載順序などの情報も含んでいる。 The production program 151 is a program necessary for operating the component mounting apparatus 1. The production program 151 is downloaded from the production program 112 stored in the storage unit 105 of the management device 92 and stored in the storage unit 142 . The production program 151 includes, in addition to the aforementioned setup information 151a (setup information of the production program 112), information such as component mounting positions (coordinates) on the substrate 4 and the names and mounting order of the components 5 to be mounted there. .
 接続情報152は、図23に示すように、供給ユニット装着部31bに振り分けられた部品供給位置番号と接続ポートとが関連付けられた情報である。図4に示すように、部品供給ユニット23は、部品供給ユニット23自体が装着された供給ユニット装着部31bと同じ並び位置に位置するカセット装着部46aに装着されたテープカセット22から繰り出されたキャリアテープ24をセットする。このため、部品搭載装置1には、同じ並び位置の供給ユニット装着部31bとカセット装着部46aに共通の部品供給位置番号が付与されている。接続情報138aは、この部品供給位置番号も含む。 The connection information 152, as shown in FIG. 23, is information in which the component supply position number assigned to the supply unit mounting portion 31b and the connection port are associated. As shown in FIG. 4, the component supply unit 23 is a carrier unwound from the tape cassette 22 mounted in the cassette mounting portion 46a located in the same position as the supply unit mounting portion 31b in which the component supply unit 23 itself is mounted. A tape 24 is set. For this reason, in the component mounting apparatus 1, a common component supply position number is given to the supply unit mounting portion 31b and the cassette mounting portion 46a that are aligned in the same position. The connection information 138a also includes this component supply position number.
 情報更新部145は、接続情報152により、部品供給ユニット23とリーダライタ29a、29bと接続ポートとがどのグループにグループ化されているかを知ることができる。情報更新部145は、部品供給位置番号を参照することで、グループ化されている第1の無線通信部としてのリーダライタ29aから第2の無線通信部としてのリーダライタ29bへコピーする部品情報を送ることができる。 From the connection information 152, the information update unit 145 can know in which group the component supply unit 23, the reader/ writers 29a and 29b, and the connection port are grouped. The information update unit 145 refers to the component supply position number to update component information to be copied from the grouped reader/writer 29a as the first wireless communication unit to the reader/writer 29b as the second wireless communication unit. can send.
《カセット準備ステーション》
 次に、図24を参照して、カセット準備ステーション93で行われる処理について説明する。図24は、カセット準備ステーション93の構成を示す図である。カセット準備ステーション93において、テープカセット22の無線タグ28にロール体25の部品情報が書き込まれる。
《Cassette preparation station》
Next, referring to FIG. 24, the processing performed at cassette preparation station 93 will be described. FIG. 24 is a diagram showing the configuration of the cassette preparation station 93. As shown in FIG. In the cassette preparation station 93 , component information of the roll body 25 is written in the wireless tag 28 of the tape cassette 22 .
 ここで部品情報について説明する。部品情報は、ロール体25のキャリアテープ24に梱包された部品に関する情報であり、部品名、部品種、ロール体25における未開封状態での部品入数、部品製造者や製造国、製造年月日、製造番号、ロット番号、キャリアテープ24のポケット53のピッチ、キャリアテープ24の材質等の情報が含まれている。これらは部品製造者が発行したラベルに印刷されたバーコードや二次元コード(以下、コードと呼ぶ)から取得する。また、ロール体25単位で部品を特定可能な情報を含んでいる。これは、部品搭載装置1を使用する使用者の工場で部品の在庫管理の便宜のために発行される識別情報であり、例えば、部品ID(リールIDと呼ばれることもある。)である。使用者は、ロール体25を収納したリール27が入庫されると部品IDを発行し、部品IDを記録したコードが印刷されたラベルをリール27に貼り付けて管理する。 I will explain the parts information here. The parts information is information about parts packed on the carrier tape 24 of the roll body 25, and includes part name, part type, number of unopened parts in the roll body 25, part manufacturer, country of manufacture, date of manufacture. Information such as date, manufacturing number, lot number, pitch of the pocket 53 of the carrier tape 24, material of the carrier tape 24, etc. is included. These are obtained from barcodes or two-dimensional codes (hereinafter referred to as codes) printed on labels issued by component manufacturers. In addition, it contains information that can specify the parts in units of the roll body 25 . This is identification information issued for the convenience of inventory management of parts at the factory of the user who uses the part mounting apparatus 1, and is, for example, a part ID (sometimes called a reel ID). When the reel 27 housing the roll body 25 is stored, the user issues a part ID and affixes a label printed with a code recording the part ID to the reel 27 for management.
 作業者は、カセット準備ステーション93において、リール27からロール体25を取り出し、テープカセット22に収納する。ロール体25の部品情報はリール27に張りつけられたラベルに印刷されたコード27aに含まれる。作業者は、カセット準備ステーション93のコード読み取り部121を用いてリール27のコード27aに含まれる部品情報を読み取る。読み取った部品情報は、管理装置92のカセット管理部101へ送られる。コード読み取り部121は、コードの種類に対応してコードの情報を読み取るリーダーであり、例えば、バーコードリーダーまたはカメラである。 The operator takes out the roll 25 from the reel 27 and stores it in the tape cassette 22 at the cassette preparation station 93 . The component information of the roll body 25 is included in a code 27a printed on a label attached to the reel 27. FIG. The operator uses the code reading section 121 of the cassette preparation station 93 to read the component information included in the code 27a of the reel 27. FIG. The read component information is sent to the cassette management section 101 of the management device 92 . The code reading unit 121 is a reader for reading code information corresponding to the type of code, and is, for example, a bar code reader or a camera.
 また、カセット準備ステーション93において、リーダライタ122が、ロール体25が収容されるテープカセット22に付けられた無線タグ28と通信し、コード読み取り部121で読み取られた部品情報を無線タグ28に書き込むとともに無線タグ28に記憶されているテープカセット22のカセットIDを取得する。取得したカセットIDは、カセット管理部101へ送られる。カセットIDは、テープカセット22を個別に特定可能な情報である。 Also, in the cassette preparation station 93, the reader/writer 122 communicates with the wireless tag 28 attached to the tape cassette 22 containing the roll 25, and writes the component information read by the code reader 121 to the wireless tag 28. At the same time, the cassette ID of the tape cassette 22 stored in the wireless tag 28 is acquired. The acquired cassette ID is sent to the cassette management unit 101 . The cassette ID is information that can individually identify the tape cassette 22 .
 カセット管理部101は、コード読み取り部121から送られた部品情報と、リーダライタ122から送られたカセットIDとを関連付けたカセット管理情報111を生成し、生成した管理情報111を記憶部105に記憶させる。 The cassette management unit 101 generates cassette management information 111 that associates the component information sent from the code reading unit 121 with the cassette ID sent from the reader/writer 122 , and stores the generated management information 111 in the storage unit 105 . Let
《段取りステーション》
 次に、図26を参照して段取りステーション94で行われる処理について説明する。図26は、段取りステーション94の構成を示す図である。
《Set-up station》
Next, the processing performed at the setup station 94 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 26 is a diagram showing the configuration of the setup station 94. As shown in FIG.
 段取り作業は、部品供給部3に、部品5が搭載される基板4の製造で使用する部品供給ユニット23と部品5を収納したテープカセット22とをセットする作業である。部品搭載装置1に取り付けられていない予備の部品供給部3に対して行う段取り作業を「外段取り作業」と呼び、部品搭載装置1に取り付けられている部品供給部3に対して行う段取り作業を「内段取り作業」と呼ぶ。段取りステーション94で行われる段取り作業は外段取り作業であり、これについて以下に説明する。 The setup work is the work of setting the component supply unit 23 used in manufacturing the board 4 on which the component 5 is mounted and the tape cassette 22 containing the component 5 in the component supply unit 3 . The setup work performed on the spare component supply section 3 that is not attached to the component mounting apparatus 1 is called "outside setup work", and the setup work performed on the component supply section 3 attached to the component mounting apparatus 1 is called "outside setup work". It is called "internal setup work". The set-up operations performed at set-up station 94 are out-of-setup operations and are described below.
 台車21に、部品供給ユニット23、テープカセット22を装着し、台車21を段取りステーション94のドッキング部131と接続することで、部品供給ユニット23及びテープカセット22の外段取り作業を実施することができる。外段取り作業が終了した部品供給ユニット23及びテープカセット22は、台車21ごと移動して部品搭載装置1の本体部2に接続することができる。これにより、生産する基板4の種類を変える場合に、事前に部品供給部3の段取り作業を終えておくことができるので、生産する基板4の変更を迅速に行うことができる。 By mounting the component supply unit 23 and the tape cassette 22 on the carriage 21 and connecting the carriage 21 to the docking section 131 of the setup station 94, external setup work for the component supply unit 23 and the tape cassette 22 can be carried out. . The component supply unit 23 and the tape cassette 22 that have completed the external setup work can be moved together with the carriage 21 and connected to the main body 2 of the component mounting apparatus 1 . Thus, when changing the type of the board 4 to be produced, the setup work of the component supply unit 3 can be completed in advance, so that the board 4 to be produced can be changed quickly.
 段取りステーション94は、台車21のコネクタ21aとドッキング部131とを接続することで、部品供給ユニット23、受容カセット22A及び格納カセット22Bと通信可能である。 The setup station 94 can communicate with the component supply unit 23, the receiving cassette 22A, and the storage cassette 22B by connecting the connector 21a of the carriage 21 and the docking portion 131.
 段取り部137は、カセット検出部161、カセット判定部162、ユニット報知部163、許可部164及び情報更新部165を備える。 The setup section 137 includes a cassette detection section 161 , a cassette determination section 162 , a unit notification section 163 , a permission section 164 and an information update section 165 .
 カセット検出部161は、台車21の受容カセット装着部38、及び、格納カセット装着部39にテープカセット22が装着されている場合、テープカセット22を検出し、検出信号をカセット判定部162に送信する。カセット検出部161は、無線通信部29が無線タグ28を検出していない状態から検出した状態に変化することで、無線通信部29に対応するカセット装着部46aにテープカセット22が装着されたことを検出する。 The cassette detection unit 161 detects the tape cassette 22 and transmits a detection signal to the cassette determination unit 162 when the tape cassette 22 is mounted on the receiving cassette mounting unit 38 and the storage cassette mounting unit 39 of the carriage 21 . . The cassette detection unit 161 detects that the tape cassette 22 is attached to the cassette attachment unit 46a corresponding to the wireless communication unit 29 by changing from the state in which the wireless communication unit 29 does not detect the wireless tag 28 to the state in which the wireless tag 28 is detected. to detect
 無線通信部29としてのリーダライタ29a、29bは、その受信範囲に無線タグ28を検出すると、無線タグ28と通信可能な状態であることを通知する信号(カセット検出信号)を出力する。本実施の形態のカセット検出部161は、リーダライタ29a、29bの無線タグ検出機能を利用して受容カセット装着部38や格納カセット装着部39にテープカセット22が装着されたことを検出する。更に、カセット検出部161は、リーダライタ29a、29bから受け取ったカセット検出信号を基に、装着されたテープカセット22の位置(装着場所)を特定する。カセット検出部161は、接続情報152を参照することでカセット検出信号が送られてきた接続ポートに対応する部品供給位置番号をテープカセット22の装着場所を示す情報として特定する。 When the reader/ writers 29a and 29b as the wireless communication unit 29 detect the wireless tag 28 in their reception range, they output a signal (cassette detection signal) notifying that they are ready to communicate with the wireless tag 28. The cassette detector 161 of the present embodiment detects that the tape cassette 22 is attached to the receiving cassette attaching portion 38 or the storage cassette attaching portion 39 using the wireless tag detecting function of the reader/ writers 29a and 29b. Further, the cassette detector 161 identifies the position (mounting location) of the mounted tape cassette 22 based on the cassette detection signals received from the reader/ writers 29a and 29b. The cassette detection unit 161 refers to the connection information 152 to specify the component supply position number corresponding to the connection port to which the cassette detection signal has been sent as information indicating the mounting location of the tape cassette 22 .
 カセット判定部162は、装着されたテープカセット22が、正しいキャリアテープ24を収納したテープカセット22であるか否かを判定する。例えば、カセット判定部162は、テープカセット22が装着された位置と、装着されたテープカセット22の無線タグ28からの部品情報と、生産プログラム112に規定されている情報とを比較して、装着されたテープカセット22が正しいか否かを判定する。記憶部105に記憶された生産プログラム112は、カセット装着部46aに配置すべき部品を指定したセットアップ情報を含む。カセット判定部162は、装着されたテープカセット22が正しいと判定すると正判定信号を、装着されたテープカセット22が間違っていると判定すると誤判定信号を、それぞれ、ユニット報知部163及び許可部164へ送信する。 The cassette determination unit 162 determines whether or not the mounted tape cassette 22 is the tape cassette 22 containing the correct carrier tape 24 . For example, the cassette determination unit 162 compares the position where the tape cassette 22 is installed, the component information from the wireless tag 28 of the installed tape cassette 22, and the information defined in the production program 112, and determines whether the tape cassette 22 is installed. It is determined whether the selected tape cassette 22 is correct. The production program 112 stored in the storage unit 105 includes setup information designating the parts to be arranged in the cassette mounting unit 46a. The cassette determination unit 162 outputs a correct determination signal when determining that the mounted tape cassette 22 is correct, and an erroneous determination signal when determining that the mounted tape cassette 22 is incorrect. Send to
 ユニット報知部163は、正判定信号を受け取ると、キャリアテープ24を挿入すべき部品供給ユニット23のランプ23fを点滅させ、正しいテープカセット22が装着されたことを作業者に報知すると共に、キャリアテープ24を挿入すべき部品供給ユニット23を報知する。ユニット報知部163は、誤判定信号を受け取ると、部品供給ユニット23のランプ23fを正判定のときとは異なるパターンまたは異なる色で点滅させて作業者に誤ったテープカセット22が装着されたことを報知する。 Upon receiving the correct determination signal, the unit notification section 163 flashes the lamp 23f of the component supply unit 23 into which the carrier tape 24 is to be inserted, notifying the operator that the correct tape cassette 22 has been loaded and the carrier tape. The component supply unit 23 into which the 24 should be inserted is notified. When receiving the erroneous determination signal, the unit notification section 163 flashes the lamp 23f of the component supply unit 23 in a pattern or color different from that of the correct determination to notify the operator that the wrong tape cassette 22 has been loaded. inform.
 許可部164は、正判定信号を受け取ると、部品供給ユニット23に許可信号を送ることで、部品供給ユニット23にキャリアテープ24の供給の許可を与える。許可部164から許可信号を受け取った部品供給ユニット23は、キャリアテープ24の引き込みを開始可能な状態になるまで待機する。作業者は、正判定によってランプ23fが点滅している部品供給ユニット23にキャリアテープ24を挿入し、部品補充作業完了を通知するためにその部品供給ユニット23のスイッチ23gを押す。部品供給ユニット23は、許可信号の受信と作業者がスイッチ23gを操作した2つのイベントを確認したら、キャリアテープ24の引き込みを開始する。部品供給ユニット23は、2つのイベントが所定時間内に確認できない場合はキャリアテープ24の引き込みをしない。これにより、作業者に、キャリアテープ24を誤って別の部品供給ユニット23に挿入したことを気づかせることができ、誤った部品を供給するのを防止することができる。なお、ユニット報知部163と許可部164を統合した構成、すなわちユニット報知部163から部品供給ユニット23にランプ23fを点滅させるために送信されるコマンドを許可信号として使用することでユニット報知部163を許可部164として機能させてもよい。 Upon receiving the positive determination signal, the permitting section 164 gives permission to supply the carrier tape 24 to the component supply unit 23 by sending the permission signal to the component supply unit 23 . The component supply unit 23 that has received the permission signal from the permission unit 164 waits until it becomes possible to start pulling in the carrier tape 24 . The operator inserts the carrier tape 24 into the component supply unit 23 whose lamp 23f is flashing as a result of the positive determination, and presses the switch 23g of the component supply unit 23 to notify completion of the component supply work. The component supply unit 23 starts to pull in the carrier tape 24 after confirming the two events of the reception of the permission signal and the operation of the switch 23g by the operator. The component supply unit 23 does not pull in the carrier tape 24 if the two events cannot be confirmed within a predetermined time. As a result, the operator can be made aware that the carrier tape 24 has been erroneously inserted into another component supply unit 23, thereby preventing the wrong component from being supplied. Note that the unit notification section 163 can be activated by using a configuration in which the unit notification section 163 and the permission section 164 are integrated, that is, by using a command transmitted from the unit notification section 163 to the component supply unit 23 for blinking the lamp 23f as a permission signal. It may function as the permission unit 164 .
 情報更新部165は、ネクストテープ24bが引き込まれてカレントテープ24aに変わるタイミングで、無線タグ28の情報を更新する。情報更新部165により、無線タグ28の情報が更新されると、管理装置92のカセット管理情報111も更新される。 The information updating unit 165 updates the information of the wireless tag 28 at the timing when the next tape 24b is pulled in and becomes the current tape 24a. When the information of the wireless tag 28 is updated by the information updating unit 165, the cassette management information 111 of the management device 92 is also updated.
 複数の無線通信部29と、セットアップ情報を含む生産プログラム112を記憶した記憶部105と、段取りステーション94とで、段取り支援装置97を構成する。 A plurality of wireless communication units 29 , a storage unit 105 storing a production program 112 including setup information, and a setup station 94 constitute a setup support device 97 .
 次に、図26から図29を参照して、カレントテープ24aの段取り作業について説明する。図27は、カレントテープ24aの段取り作業時の段取り部137の処理(段取り作業)を示すフローチャートである。図28、図29は、カレントテープ24aの段取り作業中の部品供給部3を示す説明図であり、図28(a)、(b)及び図29(a)、(b)は、カレントテープ24aの段取り作業の各工程図である。 Next, the setup work for the current tape 24a will be described with reference to FIGS. 26 to 29. FIG. FIG. 27 is a flow chart showing the processing (preparation work) of the preparatory section 137 during preparatory work for the current tape 24a. 28 and 29 are explanatory diagrams showing the component supply section 3 during setup work for the current tape 24a. FIGS. 28(a), (b) and FIGS. 1 is a process chart of each setup work.
 図26に示すように、段取り部137は、生産が予定されている実装基板の生産プログラム112を参照して部品供給ユニット23の種類と部品供給位置番号をモニタ133に表示させる。作業者はモニタ133を見て、図28(a)に示すように、該当する部品供給位置番号に対応する場所に部品供給ユニット23を装着する。また、作業者は、該当する部品供給位置番号に対応する位置の受容カセット装着部38に空のテープカセット22を装着する。 As shown in FIG. 26, the setup section 137 refers to the production program 112 of the mounting board scheduled to be produced, and causes the monitor 133 to display the type of the component supply unit 23 and the component supply position number. The operator looks at the monitor 133 and mounts the component supply unit 23 at the location corresponding to the corresponding component supply position number, as shown in FIG. 28(a). Also, the operator mounts an empty tape cassette 22 in the receiving cassette mounting portion 38 at the position corresponding to the corresponding component supply position number.
 次に、図28(b)に示すように、作業者は、段取り部137によってモニタ133に表示された段取り情報に基づいて、所定の部品5のロール体25を収納した格納カセット22Bを格納カセット装着部39に装着する。 Next, as shown in FIG. 28(b), based on the setup information displayed on the monitor 133 by the setup section 137, the operator sets the storage cassette 22B containing the roll body 25 of the predetermined part 5 to the storage cassette. It is attached to the attachment portion 39 .
 格納カセット22Bが台車21の格納カセット装着部39に装着されると、段取り部137は、図27に示すステップST1において格納カセット22Bが装着されたことを検出する。具体的には、リーダライタ29bが格納カセット22Bの無線タグ28を検出して通信する。カセット検出部161は、リーダライタ29bからカセット検出信号を受け取って格納カセット22Bが装着されたことを検知する(ステップST1のYes)。格納カセット22Bが台車21の格納カセット装着部39に装着されていない場合、カセット検出部161はリーダライタ29bからカセット検出信号を受け取っていないので(ステップST1のNo)、リーダライタ29bから通信周波数の無線信号を発信し続ける。カセット検出部161がカセット装着を検知すると、ステップST2において、カセット検出部161は、装着された格納カセット22Bの装着場所を特定する。なお、情報更新部165は格納カセット22Bの装着場所を特定されると、カセット管理情報111の所在情報を更新する。 When the storage cassette 22B is attached to the storage cassette attachment portion 39 of the carriage 21, the setup portion 137 detects that the storage cassette 22B has been attached in step ST1 shown in FIG. Specifically, the reader/writer 29b detects and communicates with the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B. The cassette detector 161 receives a cassette detection signal from the reader/writer 29b and detects that the storage cassette 22B is attached (Yes in step ST1). When the storage cassette 22B is not attached to the storage cassette attachment portion 39 of the carriage 21, the cassette detection portion 161 does not receive the cassette detection signal from the reader/writer 29b (No in step ST1). Keep sending radio signals. When the cassette detection unit 161 detects the cassette mounting, in step ST2, the cassette detection unit 161 identifies the mounting location of the mounted storage cassette 22B. Note that the information updating unit 165 updates the location information of the cassette management information 111 when the mounting location of the storage cassette 22B is identified.
 ステップST3において、カセット判定部162は、装着された格納カセット22Bの部品情報をリーダライタ29bにより無線タグ28から読み取る。なお、カセット検出部161の代わりにカセット判定部162が、テープカセット22の装着されたカセット装着部46aを特定してもよい。ステップST4において、カセット判定部162は、生産プログラム112を参照して装着された格納カセット22Bの装着場所と部品情報との対応関係を確認する。 In step ST3, the cassette determination unit 162 reads the component information of the mounted storage cassette 22B from the wireless tag 28 by the reader/writer 29b. Instead of the cassette detection unit 161, the cassette determination unit 162 may specify the cassette mounting unit 46a in which the tape cassette 22 is mounted. In step ST4, the cassette determination unit 162 refers to the production program 112 to confirm the correspondence between the mounting location of the mounted storage cassette 22B and the component information.
 ステップST5において、カセット判定部162は、装着された格納カセット22Bの装着場所と読み取った部品情報の対応関係が生産プログラム112のセットアップ情報の内容と一致するか否か、すなわち、適切なキャリアテープ24を収納したテープカセット22が装着されたか否かを判定する。 In step ST5, the cassette determination unit 162 determines whether the correspondence relationship between the mounting location of the mounted storage cassette 22B and the read component information matches the contents of the setup information of the production program 112. is loaded or not.
 ステップST5において、カセット判定部162が、装着場所と部品情報の対応関係が生産プログラム112の内容と一致すると判定すると(ステップST5のYes)、ステップST6において、ユニット報知部163がネクストテープ24bを挿入すべき部品供給ユニット23のランプ23fを点滅させる。 In step ST5, when the cassette determination section 162 determines that the correspondence relationship between the mounting location and the part information matches the content of the production program 112 (Yes in step ST5), the unit notification section 163 inserts the next tape 24b in step ST6. The lamp 23f of the component supply unit 23 to be processed is blinked.
 ステップST7において、許可部164が部品供給ユニット23へキャリアテープ24の搬入を許可する許可信号をユニット制御部64へ送信する。また、図29(a)に示すように、作業者がキャリアテープ24をテープ入口23aに差し込んで部品供給ユニット23のスイッチ23gを押すと、スイッチ信号がユニット制御部64へ送信される。 In step ST7, the permitting section 164 transmits to the unit control section 64 a permitting signal for permitting the loading of the carrier tape 24 into the component supply unit 23. 29A, when the operator inserts the carrier tape 24 into the tape entrance 23a and presses the switch 23g of the component supply unit 23, a switch signal is sent to the unit control section 64. FIG.
 ステップST8において、ユニット制御部64は、許可部164からの許可信号とスイッチ23gからのスイッチ信号と2つの信号を受信すると、格納カセット22Bに収容されたネクストテープ24bの搬入を開始させる。また、ユニット制御部64は、ランプ23fを消灯させ、キャリアテープ24の搬入の開始を示す開始信号を段取り部137へ出力する。ユニット制御部64は、これら2つの信号を受信できない場合、ネクストテープ24bの搬入を待機させて(ステップST8のNo)、2つの信号が届くのを待つ。 In step ST8, when the unit control section 64 receives two signals, the permission signal from the permission section 164 and the switch signal from the switch 23g, it starts loading the next tape 24b stored in the storage cassette 22B. In addition, the unit control section 64 turns off the lamp 23 f and outputs a start signal indicating the start of loading of the carrier tape 24 to the setup section 137 . If the unit control section 64 cannot receive these two signals, it waits for the loading of the next tape 24b (No in step ST8) and waits for the arrival of the two signals.
 ネクストテープ24bの搬入が開始すると(ステップST8のYes)、格納カセット22Bに収容されていたロール体25が格納カセット22Bから空の受容カセット22Aへ移動する。段取り部137は、ユニット制御部64から開始信号を受け取ると、ステップST9において、情報更新部165が格納カセット22Bの無線タグ28から読み取った部品情報を、受容カセット22Aの無線タグ28の部品情報として更新させ、空になった格納カセット22Bの無線タグ28の部品情報を消去する。情報更新部165は、さらに、管理装置92の記憶部105に記憶させているカセット管理情報111を更新する。具体的には格納カセット22BのカセットIDの欄の情報を受容カセット22AのカセットIDの欄へコピーするとともに格納カセット22BのカセットIDの欄の情報を消去する。 When the loading of the next tape 24b starts (Yes in step ST8), the roll body 25 stored in the storage cassette 22B moves from the storage cassette 22B to the empty receiving cassette 22A. When the setup section 137 receives the start signal from the unit control section 64, in step ST9, the part information read from the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B by the information updating section 165 is used as the part information of the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A. The part information of the radio tag 28 of the empty storage cassette 22B is erased. The information updating section 165 further updates the cassette management information 111 stored in the storage section 105 of the management device 92 . Specifically, the information in the cassette ID column of the storage cassette 22B is copied to the cassette ID column of the receiving cassette 22A, and the information in the cassette ID column of the storage cassette 22B is deleted.
 受容カセット22Aの無線タグ28の部品情報を更新することで、受容カセット22Aに収容している部品5のロール体25の部品情報が受容カセット22Aの無線タグ28に記録されているので、途中で基板4の生産を中止したときにも、受容カセット22A内のロール体25のトレース情報を維持することができる。 By updating the component information of the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A, the component information of the roll body 25 of the component 5 stored in the receiving cassette 22A is recorded in the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A. Even when production of substrates 4 is discontinued, trace information of roll 25 in receiving cassette 22A can be maintained.
 ステップST10において、段取り部137が、カレントテープ24aの段取りが必要な全ての部品供給ユニット23の段取り作業が完了したか否かを判定する。段取り部137が、カレントテープ24aの段取り作業が完了していないと判定すると(ステップST10のNo)、再びステップST1から処理が繰り返される。段取り部137はカレントテープ24aの段取り作業が完了していると判定すると(ステップST10のYes)、段取り部137が、段取りステーション94のモニタ133にカレントテープ24aの段取り作業のメッセージを表示させて、作業者に段取り作業完了を報知する。 In step ST10, the setup section 137 determines whether the setup work for all the component supply units 23 that require setup for the current tape 24a has been completed. When the setup section 137 determines that the setup work for the current tape 24a has not been completed (No in step ST10), the process is repeated again from step ST1. When the setup section 137 determines that the setup work for the current tape 24a is completed (Yes in step ST10), the setup section 137 causes the monitor 133 of the setup station 94 to display a message for the setup work for the current tape 24a. Notify the worker of the completion of setup work.
 また、ステップST5において、カセット判定部162が、装着場所と部品情報の対応関係が生産プログラム112の内容と一致しないと判定すると(ステップST5のNo)、ステップST11において、段取りステーション94のモニタ133に、作業者に装着場所を確認するように伝える確認メッセージを表示させる。 Further, in step ST5, when the cassette determination unit 162 determines that the correspondence relationship between the mounting location and the part information does not match the contents of the production program 112 (No in step ST5), in step ST11, the monitor 133 of the setup station 94 , to display a confirmation message telling the operator to confirm the mounting location.
 ステップST12において、カセット判定部162は、確認メッセージを表示させた格納カセット22Bが取り外されたか否か検知する。カセット判定部162は、確認メッセージを表示させた格納カセット22Bが取り外されたことを検知すると(ステップST12のYes)、ステップST10の処理を行う。カセット判定部162は、確認メッセージを表示させた格納カセット22Bの取り外しが検知されない場合(ステップST12のNo)、ステップST11に戻り、モニタ133に、作業者に装着場所を確認するように伝える確認メッセージを表示し続ける。 At step ST12, the cassette determination unit 162 detects whether or not the storage cassette 22B displaying the confirmation message has been removed. When the cassette determination unit 162 detects that the storage cassette 22B displaying the confirmation message has been removed (Yes in step ST12), the process of step ST10 is performed. When the removal of the storage cassette 22B for which the confirmation message is displayed is not detected (No in step ST12), the cassette determination unit 162 returns to step ST11 and displays a confirmation message to the monitor 133 to tell the operator to confirm the mounting location. continue to display
 次に、図30及び図31を参照して、ネクストテープ24bの段取り作業について説明する。図30は、ネクストテープ24bの段取り作業時の段取り部137の処理(段取り作業)を示すフローチャートである。図31は、ネクストテープ24bの段取り作業中の部品供給部3を示す説明図であり、図31(a)及び(b)は、ネクストテープ24bの段取り作業の各工程図である。 Next, the preparation work for the next tape 24b will be described with reference to FIGS. 30 and 31. FIG. FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing the processing (preparation work) of the preparatory section 137 during preparatory work for the next tape 24b. 31A and 31B are explanatory diagrams showing the component supply unit 3 during the setup work for the next tape 24b, and FIGS. 31A and 31B are process diagrams of the setup work for the next tape 24b.
 図31(a)に示すように、台車21の受容カセット装着部38には、部品供給ユニット23のテープ搬送路60に引き込まれたカレントテープ24aを収納した受容カセット22Aが既に装着されている。作業者は、空になった格納カセット22Bを格納カセット装着部39から取り外し、段取り部137によってモニタ133に表示された段取り情報に基づいて、所定の部品5のロール体25を収納した格納カセット22Bを格納カセット装着部39に装着する。 As shown in FIG. 31( a ), the receiving cassette 22 A containing the current tape 24 a pulled into the tape transport path 60 of the component supply unit 23 is already mounted on the receiving cassette mounting portion 38 of the carriage 21 . The operator removes the empty storage cassette 22B from the storage cassette mounting section 39, and based on the setup information displayed on the monitor 133 by the setup section 137, the storage cassette 22B containing the roll body 25 of the predetermined part 5 is removed. is attached to the storage cassette attachment portion 39 .
 図30のフローチャートにおいて、ステップST21~ステップST27、ステップST30及びステップST31は、図27のフローチャートのステップST1~ステップST7、ステップST11及びステップST12と同様の処理であるので説明を省略する。 In the flow chart of FIG. 30, steps ST21 to ST27, steps ST30 and ST31 are the same processes as steps ST1 to ST7, steps ST11 and ST12 of the flow chart of FIG.
 段取り部137は、図31(b)及び図30に示すように、ステップST21からステップST27を実行する。ステップST27において、作業者がキャリアテープ24をテープ搬入部62に差し込んで部品供給ユニット23のスイッチ23gを押すと、スイッチ信号がユニット制御部64へ送信される。図31(c)に示すように、ユニット制御部64は、スイッチ23gからのスイッチ信号を受信すると、搬入スプロケット62aを回転駆動させて、格納カセット22Bに収容されたネクストテープ24bを前進させる。また、ユニット制御部64は、ランプ23fを消灯させる。 The setup section 137 executes steps ST21 to ST27 as shown in FIGS. At step ST27, when the operator inserts the carrier tape 24 into the tape loading section 62 and presses the switch 23g of the component supply unit 23, a switch signal is sent to the unit control section 64. FIG. As shown in FIG. 31(c), upon receiving the switch signal from the switch 23g, the unit control section 64 rotates the carry-in sprocket 62a to advance the next tape 24b stored in the storage cassette 22B. Further, the unit control section 64 turns off the lamp 23f.
 ネクストテープ24bが前進すると、ネクストテープ24bの先端がテープ検出片71の接触部71b及びゲート74に接触し、第1センサPH1によって検出される。このように、ユニット制御部64は、第1センサPH1によって検出される位置までネクストテープ24bを搬入させて、ネクストテープ24bの先端がゲート74に接触した状態が維持される。 When the next tape 24b advances, the tip of the next tape 24b contacts the contact portion 71b of the tape detection piece 71 and the gate 74, and is detected by the first sensor PH1. In this way, the unit control section 64 causes the next tape 24b to be carried in to the position detected by the first sensor PH1, and the state in which the leading edge of the next tape 24b is in contact with the gate 74 is maintained.
 ステップST28において、段取り部137は、作業者による作業が完了したか否かを判別する。段取り部137は、スイッチ23gからのスイッチ信号と第1センサPH1の検出信号との2つの信号を受信すると、作業者による作業が完了したと判定する。段取り部137は、2つの信号が受信されない場合は、段取り部137は、作業者による作業が完了していないと判定し(ステップST28のNo)、所定時間経過後、再びステップST28を実施する。 In step ST28, the setup section 137 determines whether or not the worker has completed the work. Upon receiving two signals, the switch signal from the switch 23g and the detection signal from the first sensor PH1, the setup section 137 determines that the work by the worker has been completed. If the two signals are not received, the setup section 137 determines that the work by the worker has not been completed (No in step ST28), and executes step ST28 again after a predetermined period of time has elapsed.
 段取り部137が作業者による作業が完了したと判定すると(ステップST28のYes)、ステップST29において、段取り部137が、ネクストテープ24bの段取りが必要な全ての部品供給ユニット23のネクストテープ24bの段取り作業が完了したか否かを判定する。段取り部137が、ネクストテープ24bの段取り作業が完了していないと判定すると(ステップST29のNo)、再びステップST1から処理が繰り返される。段取り部137はネクストテープ24bの段取り作業が完了していると判定すると(ステップST29のYes)、段取り部137が、段取りステーション94のモニタ133にネクストテープ24bの段取り作業のメッセージを表示させて、作業者にネクストテープ24bの段取り作業完了を報知する。 When the setup unit 137 determines that the work by the worker has been completed (Yes in step ST28), in step ST29, the setup unit 137 sets up the next tapes 24b of all the component supply units 23 that require setup of the next tapes 24b. Determine whether the work has been completed. When the setup section 137 determines that the setup work for the next tape 24b has not been completed (No in step ST29), the process is repeated again from step ST1. When the setup section 137 determines that the setup work for the next tape 24b is completed (Yes in step ST29), the setup section 137 causes the monitor 133 of the setup station 94 to display a message for the setup work for the next tape 24b. The operator is notified of the completion of the setup work for the next tape 24b.
《部品搭載装置におけるテープ切り替え時の情報更新》
 次に、図32を参照して、部品搭載装置1において、部品搭載作業中にカレントテープ24aを使い切ってネクストテープ24bが新たにカレントテープ24aとして供給される構成を説明する。図32は、部品搭載装置1の構成を示す説明図である。
《Information update at the time of tape switching in component mounting equipment》
Next, a configuration in which the current tape 24a is used up and the next tape 24b is newly supplied as the current tape 24a in the component mounting apparatus 1 during the component mounting operation will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 32 is an explanatory diagram showing the configuration of the component mounting apparatus 1. As shown in FIG.
 本体制御部17の部品切れ判定部144は、カレントテープ24aが部品切れとなったか否かを判定する。キャリアテープ24の最後の下流側は空のポケット53が連続する。したがって、搭載ヘッド13のノズル13aがカレントテープ24aからの部品5の取り出しに連続して所定回数失敗すると、部品切れ判定部144は、部品切れと判定する。 The component depletion determination unit 144 of the main body control unit 17 determines whether or not the current tape 24a has run out of components. Empty pockets 53 continue on the downstream end of the carrier tape 24 . Therefore, when the nozzle 13a of the mounting head 13 fails to pick up the component 5 from the current tape 24a a predetermined number of times in succession, the component depletion determining unit 144 determines that the component is depleted.
 また、上述した部品5の連続取り出し失敗の条件に加えて、カセット管理情報111の部品残数で判定してもよい。上述した条件だけでは誤判定の可能性があるので部品残数も参考にすることで判定制度を向上することができる。部品切れ判定部144は、搭載ヘッド13のノズル13aがカレントテープ24aからの部品5の取り出しに連続して所定回数失敗すると、部品残数が所定個数以下なら上述した条件で部品切れと判定し、部品残数が多い場合は部品切れではないと判定する。部品切れでないと判定された場合、単なるトラブルとして対応する。また、部品切れ判定部144は、カセット管理情報111の部品残数だけでカレントテープ24aが部品切れとなったか否かを判定してもよい。 Also, in addition to the above-described conditions for continuous removal failure of the component 5, the remaining number of components in the cassette management information 111 may be used for determination. Since there is a possibility of an erroneous judgment only with the above conditions, the judgment system can be improved by referring to the remaining number of parts. When the nozzle 13a of the mounting head 13 fails to pick up the component 5 from the current tape 24a a predetermined number of times in succession, the component depletion determining unit 144 determines that the component is depleted under the above-described conditions if the remaining number of components is equal to or less than the predetermined number. If there are many remaining parts, it is determined that there is no shortage of parts. If it is judged that the parts are not out of stock, it is dealt with as a mere trouble. Further, the parts shortage determination unit 144 may determine whether or not the current tape 24a has run out of parts based only on the remaining number of parts in the cassette management information 111 .
 部品切れ判定部144がカレントテープ24aの部品切れを判定すると、動作制御部143は、空となったカレントテープ24aを排出させて、部品供給ユニット23の駆動部62cも制御することで、ネクストテープ24bを次のカレントテープ24aとして切り替え動作をさせる。 When the component depletion determination unit 144 determines that the current tape 24a is depleted of components, the operation control unit 143 discharges the empty current tape 24a, controls the driving unit 62c of the component supply unit 23, and supplies the next tape. 24b is used as the next current tape 24a, and the switching operation is performed.
 情報更新部145は、情報更新部165と同様に、ネクストテープ24bが引き込まれてカレントテープ24aに変わるタイミングで、無線タグ28の情報を更新する。情報更新部145により、無線タグ28の情報が更新されると、管理装置92のカセット管理情報111も更新される。 The information updating unit 145, like the information updating unit 165, updates the information of the wireless tag 28 at the timing when the next tape 24b is pulled in and becomes the current tape 24a. When the information of the wireless tag 28 is updated by the information updating unit 145, the cassette management information 111 of the management device 92 is also updated.
 次に、図33を参照して、部品搭載装置1において、テープ切り替えによる情報更新の動作を説明する。図33は、部品搭載装置1における情報更新処理の流れを示すフローチャートである。 Next, referring to FIG. 33, the operation of updating information by switching tapes in the component mounting apparatus 1 will be described. FIG. 33 is a flow chart showing the flow of information update processing in the component mounting apparatus 1. FIG.
 まず、受容カセット22Aのカレントテープ24aを搬送して部品取り出し位置23baに部品5を供給する部品供給ステップが実施されている。やがて、カレントテープ24aが梱包した部品が全て供給され、カレントテープ24aが部品切れになる。 First, a component supply step is performed to transport the current tape 24a of the receiving cassette 22A and supply the components 5 to the component pick-up position 23ba. Before long, all the parts packed by the current tape 24a are supplied, and the current tape 24a runs out of parts.
 部品切れ判定部144は、カレントテープ24aが部品切れになったことを判定すると、判定信号とそのカレントテープ24aがセットされている部品供給ユニット23の装着場所(部品供給位置番号)を動作制御部143に送信する。ステップST32において、動作制御部143は、判定信号を受信すると、該当する部品供給ユニット23にテープ切り替え指令を送信する。テープ切り替え指令を受信した部品供給ユニット23はネクストテープ24bを前進させてネクストテープ24bをカレントテープ24aに変更する切り替え動作を開始する(ステップST32のYes)。これにより、部品供給ユニット23が格納カセット22Bからネクストテープ24bの搬入を開始するテープ搬入ステップが実施される。動作制御部143は、部品切れ判定部144から判定信号を受信していない場合、部品供給ユニット23にテープ切り替え指令を送信しないので、ネクストテープ24bをカレントテープ24aに変更する切り替え動作が開始されず(ステップST32のYes)、部品供給ユニット23はカレントテープ24aからの部品供給ステップを続ける。 When the component depletion determining unit 144 determines that the current tape 24a has run out of components, it transmits a determination signal and the mounting location (component supply position number) of the component supply unit 23 in which the current tape 24a is set to the operation control unit. 143. In step ST<b>32 , upon receiving the determination signal, the operation control section 143 transmits a tape switching command to the corresponding component supply unit 23 . Upon receiving the tape switching command, the component supply unit 23 advances the next tape 24b and starts switching operation to change the next tape 24b to the current tape 24a (Yes in step ST32). As a result, the component supply unit 23 performs a tape loading step in which the next tape 24b is loaded from the storage cassette 22B. If the operation control unit 143 does not receive the determination signal from the component depletion determination unit 144, it does not transmit the tape switching command to the component supply unit 23, so the switching operation to change the next tape 24b to the current tape 24a is not started. (Yes in step ST32), the component supply unit 23 continues the component supply step from the current tape 24a.
 ステップST33において、情報更新部145は、部品切れ判定部144から送信された装着場所(部品供給位置番号)より、ネクストテープ24bの切り替え動作が開始されている部品供給ユニット23の部品供給位置番号を特定する。また、情報更新部145は、部品切れ判定部144から送信された装着場所を示す信号により、部品供給ユニット23が格納カセット22Bからキャリアテープ24の搬送を開始したことを認識する。情報更新部145は、さらに、特定した部品供給ユニット23に関連するリーダライタ29aとリーダライタ29bとを接続情報152に基づいて特定する。 In step ST33, the information updating unit 145 updates the component supply position number of the component supply unit 23 whose switching operation of the next tape 24b is started from the mounting location (component supply position number) transmitted from the component depletion determination unit 144. Identify. Further, the information updating unit 145 recognizes that the component supply unit 23 has started conveying the carrier tape 24 from the storage cassette 22B based on the signal indicating the mounting location transmitted from the component depletion determination unit 144 . The information updating unit 145 further identifies the reader/writer 29 a and the reader/writer 29 b associated with the identified component supply unit 23 based on the connection information 152 .
 ステップST34において、情報更新部145は、格納カセット22Bの無線タグ28から読み取った部品情報を、受容カセット22Aの無線タグ28の部品情報としてコピーする。この場合、ステップST33で特定した部品供給位置番号に属する接続ポートに接続されているリーダライタ29aとリーダライタ29bを使用して部品情報のコピーが行われる。コピーされる情報としては部品情報を含んでいれば受容カセット22Aの無線タグ28に含まれる情報の全てをコピーしてもよいし、一部の部品情報をコピーしてもよい。 In step ST34, the information updating section 145 copies the component information read from the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B as the component information of the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A. In this case, the part information is copied using the reader/writer 29a and the reader/writer 29b connected to the connection port belonging to the part supply position number identified in step ST33. As the information to be copied, all of the information contained in the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A may be copied as long as it contains the parts information, or part of the parts information may be copied.
 このように、部品供給ユニット23が格納カセット22Bからキャリアテープ24の搬送を開始するのに連動して、情報更新部145はリーダライタ29aを通じて受容カセット22Aの無線タグ28に記憶されている情報を更新する。情報更新部145がキャリアテープ24の搬送の開始に連動するタイミング、すなわち、情報の更新のタイミングは、ネクストテープ24bの切り替え動作の開始時から、タイマーを用いて切り替え動作が開始して所定時間経過後、または、先頭の部品5が部品取り出し位置23baに到達する直前までの任意のタイミングでもよい。 In this manner, in conjunction with the start of transport of the carrier tape 24 from the storage cassette 22B by the component supply unit 23, the information updating section 145 updates the information stored in the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A through the reader/writer 29a. Update. The timing at which the information updating unit 145 interlocks with the start of transport of the carrier tape 24, that is, the timing at which the information is updated is a predetermined time after the start of the switching operation using a timer from the start of the switching operation of the next tape 24b. It may be any timing before or just before the leading component 5 reaches the component picking position 23ba.
 ステップST35において、情報更新部145は、空になった格納カセット22Bの無線タグ28の部品情報を消去する。 In step ST35, the information update section 145 erases the component information of the wireless tag 28 of the empty storage cassette 22B.
 ステップST36において、情報更新部145は、さらに、管理装置92の記憶部105に記憶させているカセット管理情報111を更新する。このようにして、テープ切り替えによる情報更新を終了する。 In step ST36, the information update section 145 further updates the cassette management information 111 stored in the storage section 105 of the management device 92. In this way, the information update by tape switching is completed.
 なお、情報更新部145は、ネクストテープ24bの切り替え動作に伴って格納カセット22Bの無線タグ28から読み取った部品情報を、受容カセット22Aの無線タグ28の部品情報としてコピーするようにしているが、これとは異なる方法で受容カセット22Aの無線タグ28の部品情報を更新してもよい。具体的には、カセット管理情報111において部品情報の更新対象になっている受容カセット22Aの部品供給位置番号と同じ部品供給位置番号の格納カセット22Bの部品情報(部品ID)を読み取り、読み取った部品情報(部品ID)を受容カセット22Aの無線タグ28にコピーしてもよい。 Note that the information updating unit 145 copies the component information read from the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B in accordance with the switching operation of the next tape 24b as the component information of the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A. A different method may be used to update the part information of the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A. Specifically, the component information (component ID) of the storage cassette 22B having the same component supply position number as the component supply position number of the receiving cassette 22A whose component information is to be updated in the cassette management information 111 is read, and the read component The information (part ID) may be copied onto the radio tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A.
《部品補充作業》
 次に、図34を参照して部品補充作業について説明する。部品5を基板4へ搭載し続けると部品5の数が減少し、部品供給部3に部品5の補充作業が必要になる。そこで、管理装置92は、部品切れになると予測される部品5を特定して、補充指示を行う。図34は、部品補充作業に関係する構成を示す図である。
《Parts replenishment work》
Next, referring to FIG. 34, the parts replenishment work will be described. If the components 5 are continuously mounted on the substrate 4, the number of the components 5 decreases, and the component supply section 3 needs to replenish the components 5. - 特許庁Therefore, the management device 92 identifies the parts 5 that are expected to run out and issues replenishment instructions. FIG. 34 is a diagram showing a configuration related to parts replenishment work.
 部品補充作業支援装置98は、補充用のキャリアテープ24を収納した格納カセット22Bを、カセット装着部46aに設置する部品補充作業を支援する。部品補充作業支援装置98は、カセットベース46における部品5の配置に関するセットアップ情報を記憶した記憶部105または142と、部品補充指示部103と、補充カセット検出部171と、補充カセット判定部172とで構成される。なお、以下の説明では、部品補充作業支援装置98は、部品搭載装置1の一部の構成として記載されているが、部品搭載装置1とは別の装置として構成してもよい。 The component replenishment work support device 98 supports the component replenishment work of installing the storage cassette 22B containing the replenishment carrier tape 24 in the cassette mounting portion 46a. The component replenishment work support device 98 includes a storage unit 105 or 142 storing setup information regarding the arrangement of the components 5 on the cassette base 46, a component replenishment instruction unit 103, a replenishment cassette detection unit 171, and a replenishment cassette determination unit 172. Configured. In the following description, the component replenishment work support device 98 is described as a component of the component mounting device 1, but may be configured as a separate device from the component mounting device 1. FIG.
 管理装置92は、生産プログラム112と生産実績113とを参照して、予定された数の実装基板を生産するのに必要な部品の残数を認識する。管理装置92は、生産プログラム112から実装基板の予定生産数と1枚の基板4に搭載されるそれぞれの部品5の数(基板当り部品数)を取得する。生産実績113は、部品搭載作業済みの基板4の数(生産数)を含む。管理装置92は、生産予定数、基板当り部品数、生産数から必要な部品の残数を求める。管理装置92は、必要な部品の残数と、カセット管理情報111を参照して受容カセット22A及び格納カセット22Bに収納されているロール体25の部品の残数とを比較する。管理装置92が、部品補充が必要と判定した場合、部品補充指示部103は、生産実績113、生産プログラム112(予定生産数)、部品残数、部品供給ユニット23の状態から補充可能な部品を特定する。部品補充指示部103は、補充可能な部品を特定すると、作業者が携行する携帯型情報端末95に部品補充作業内容を示す情報を送信して作業者に通知する。なお、作業者に替わって搬送ロボットなどの自動補充手段によって格納カセット22Bの交換や格納カセット22Bに収納されたロール体25からキャリアテープ24を取り出して部品供給ユニット23に挿入する場合、部品補充指示部103は自動補充手段に部品補充作業を指示する。 The management device 92 refers to the production program 112 and the production results 113 to recognize the remaining number of parts required to produce the planned number of mounting boards. The management device 92 acquires from the production program 112 the planned production number of mounted boards and the number of each component 5 to be mounted on one board 4 (the number of components per board). The actual production record 113 includes the number of substrates 4 on which component mounting work has been completed (number of production). The management device 92 obtains the remaining number of necessary parts from the planned production quantity, the number of parts per board, and the production quantity. The management device 92 refers to the remaining number of required parts and the remaining number of parts of the roll body 25 stored in the receiving cassette 22A and the storage cassette 22B with reference to the cassette management information 111. FIG. When the management device 92 determines that parts replenishment is necessary, the parts replenishment instruction unit 103 selects replenishable parts from the actual production record 113, the production program 112 (scheduled production quantity), the remaining number of parts, and the state of the parts supply unit 23. Identify. When the parts that can be replenished are identified, the parts replenishment instruction unit 103 notifies the worker by transmitting information indicating the contents of the parts replenishment work to the portable information terminal 95 carried by the worker. When replacing the storage cassette 22B or removing the carrier tape 24 from the roll body 25 stored in the storage cassette 22B and inserting it into the component supply unit 23 by an automatic replenishment means such as a transport robot instead of the operator, a component replenishment instruction is issued. A unit 103 instructs the automatic replenishment means to replenish parts.
 本体制御部17の供給ユニット状態検出部146は、ネクストテープ24bを保持可能な状態にある部品供給ユニット23を検出する。そのような部品供給ユニット23が図16(b)に示す状態、または、キャリアテープ24が全く装着されていない部品供給ユニット23である。 The supply unit state detection section 146 of the main body control section 17 detects the component supply unit 23 in a state capable of holding the next tape 24b. Such a component supply unit 23 is in the state shown in FIG. 16(b), or is the component supply unit 23 in which no carrier tape 24 is attached.
 部品補充支援部147は、補充カセット検出部171、補充カセット判定部172、及び補充許可部173を備える。 The parts replenishment support unit 147 includes a replenishment cassette detection unit 171 , a replenishment cassette determination unit 172 , and a replenishment permission unit 173 .
 補充カセット検出部171は、格納カセット装着部39への格納カセット22Bの装着を検出する。補充カセット検出部171もカセット検出部161と同様にリーダライタ29a、29bの無線タグ検出機能を利用して格納カセット装着部39に格納カセット22Bが装着されたことを検出する。更に、補充カセット検出部171は、リーダライタ29bから受け取ったカセット検出信号を基に、装着された格納カセット22Bの位置(装着場所)を特定する。カセット検出部161は、接続情報152を参照することでカセット検出信号が送られてきた接続ポートに対応する部品供給位置番号を格納カセット22Bの装着場所を示す情報として特定する。 The supplementary cassette detection unit 171 detects the attachment of the storage cassette 22B to the storage cassette attachment unit 39. Similar to the cassette detection section 161, the supplementary cassette detection section 171 also detects that the storage cassette 22B is attached to the storage cassette attachment section 39 using the wireless tag detection function of the reader/ writers 29a and 29b. Further, the supplementary cassette detection unit 171 identifies the position (mounting location) of the mounted storage cassette 22B based on the cassette detection signal received from the reader/writer 29b. By referring to the connection information 152, the cassette detection unit 161 identifies the component supply position number corresponding to the connection port to which the cassette detection signal has been sent as information indicating the mounting position of the storage cassette 22B.
 補充カセット判定部172は、作業者によって格納カセット装着部39に装着された格納カセット22Bが、正しいキャリアテープ24を収納したものであるか否かを判定する。例えば、補充カセット判定部172は、格納カセット22Bが装着された位置と、装着された格納カセット22Bの無線タグ28から取得した部品情報と、生産プログラム112に規定されているセットアップ情報とを比較して、装着された格納カセット22Bが正しいか否かを判定する。なお、補充カセット判定部172による別の判定方法としては、格納カセット22Bの無線タグ28に記憶されている部品情報と、受容カセット22Aの無線タグ28に記憶されている部品情報とを読みとり、これらを比較して適切な格納カセット22Bが装着されたかどうかを判定してもよい。 The replenishment cassette determination unit 172 determines whether or not the storage cassette 22B attached to the storage cassette attachment unit 39 by the operator contains the correct carrier tape 24 . For example, the replenishment cassette determination unit 172 compares the position where the storage cassette 22B is installed, the component information acquired from the wireless tag 28 of the installed storage cassette 22B, and the setup information defined in the production program 112. to determine whether or not the installed storage cassette 22B is correct. Another determination method by the replenishment cassette determination unit 172 is to read the parts information stored in the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B and the parts information stored in the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A, and may be compared to determine if the appropriate storage cassette 22B has been installed.
 補充許可部173は、補充カセット判定部172が適切な格納カセット22Bが装着されたと判定すると、格納カセット22Bのキャリアテープ24をセットすべき部品供給ユニット23のユニット制御部64に、キャリアテープ24の受け入れ許可を指示する許可信号を送信する。 When the replenishment cassette determination unit 172 determines that the appropriate storage cassette 22B is loaded, the replenishment permission unit 173 instructs the unit control unit 64 of the component supply unit 23 to set the carrier tape 24 in the storage cassette 22B. Send a permission signal to indicate acceptance permission.
 次に、図35を参照して部品補充作業の流れを説明する。図35は、部品補充作業時における部品補充支援部147の処理(部品補充作業)を示すフローチャートである。なお、図35のフローチャートは作業者が部品補充作業行う場合を想定している。また、フローチャートは、補充カセット判定部172による格納カセット22Bの判定を、原則として格納カセット22Bの無線タグ28に記憶されている部品情報と受容カセット22Aの無線タグ28に記憶されている部品情報とを比較する場合を想定している。 Next, the flow of parts replenishment work will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 35 is a flowchart showing the processing (parts replenishment work) of the parts replenishment support unit 147 during the parts replenishment work. Note that the flowchart of FIG. 35 assumes that the operator performs the parts replenishment work. In principle, the flow chart uses the parts information stored in the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B and the parts information stored in the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A to determine the storage cassette 22B by the replenishment cassette determination unit 172. are assumed to be compared.
 管理装置92の部品補充指示部103が補充可能な部品を特定すると、作業者が携行する携帯型情報端末95に部品補充作業内容を示す情報を送信する。作業者は携帯型情報端末95に表示された部品補充作業内容を確認して、指定された部品供給部3の格納カセット装着部39に搭載されている空の格納カセット22Bと補充対象の部品を格納した格納カセット22Bに交換する。この交換により、ステップST41において、補充カセット検出部171は格納カセット装着部39に新たな格納カセット22Bが装着されたことを検出する。補充カセット検出部171が、格納カセット装着部39に新たな格納カセット22Bが装着されたことを未検出の場合(ステップST41のNo)、交換が終了するまで待機する。 When the parts replenishment instruction unit 103 of the management device 92 identifies replenishable parts, it transmits information indicating the details of the parts replenishment work to the portable information terminal 95 carried by the worker. The operator confirms the contents of the parts replenishment work displayed on the portable information terminal 95, and selects the empty storage cassette 22B mounted in the storage cassette mounting section 39 of the designated parts supply section 3 and the parts to be replenished. Replace with the stored storage cassette 22B. As a result of this replacement, the supplementary cassette detection section 171 detects that a new storage cassette 22B has been attached to the storage cassette attachment section 39 in step ST41. If the supplementary cassette detection unit 171 has not detected that a new storage cassette 22B has been installed in the storage cassette installation unit 39 (No in step ST41), it waits until the replacement is completed.
 補充カセット検出部171が格納カセット22Bの装着を検出すると(ステップST41のYes)、ステップST42において、格納カセット22Bの装着場所を特定する。補充カセット検出部171は、接続情報152を参照することでカセット検出信号が送られてきた接続ポートに対応する部品供給位置番号を装着されたテープカセット22の装着場所を示す情報として特定する。 When the supplementary cassette detection unit 171 detects the mounting of the storage cassette 22B (Yes in step ST41), the mounting location of the storage cassette 22B is identified in step ST42. The supplementary cassette detector 171 refers to the connection information 152 to specify the component supply position number corresponding to the connection port to which the cassette detection signal has been sent as information indicating the mounting position of the mounted tape cassette 22 .
 ステップST43において、補充カセット判定部172は、リーダライタ29bを介して格納カセット22Bの部品情報を読み取る。 In step ST43, the supplementary cassette determination unit 172 reads the component information of the storage cassette 22B via the reader/writer 29b.
 ステップST44において、補充カセット判定部172は、リーダライタ29aを介して受容カセット22Aの部品情報を読み取る。 In step ST44, the supplementary cassette determination unit 172 reads the component information of the receiving cassette 22A via the reader/writer 29a.
 ステップST45において、補充カセット判定部172は、受容カセット22Aの部品情報の有無を判定する。受容カセット22Aの部品情報が無い場合(ステップST45のYes)、格納カセット22Bの無線タグ28に記憶されている部品情報と受容カセット22Aの無線タグ28に記憶されている部品情報とを比較しても判定できないので、この場合はステップST51において生産プログラム112のセットアップ情報を参照する。 In step ST45, the replenishment cassette determination unit 172 determines whether or not there is component information on the receiving cassette 22A. If there is no parts information for the receiving cassette 22A (Yes in step ST45), the parts information stored in the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B is compared with the parts information stored in the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A. In this case, the setup information of the production program 112 is referred to in step ST51.
 ステップST45において補充カセット判定部172が受容カセット22Aの部品情報が有ると判定した場合(ステップST45のNO)、または、ステップST51において補充カセット判定部172がセットアップ情報を参照した場合、ステップST46において、補充カセット判定部172は、受容カセット22Aの部品情報が格納カセット22Bの部品情報と一致するか判定する。ステップST51においてセットアップ情報を参照した場合、補充カセット判定部172は、装着された格納カセット22Bの装着場所(部品供給位置番号)と読み取った部品情報との対応関係が生産プログラム112のセットアップ情報の内容と一致するか否かを判定する。 If the supplementary cassette determination section 172 determines in step ST45 that there is component information for the receiving cassette 22A (NO in step ST45), or if the supplementary cassette determination section 172 refers to the setup information in step ST51, in step ST46, The supplementary cassette determination unit 172 determines whether the parts information of the receiving cassette 22A matches the parts information of the storage cassette 22B. When referring to the setup information in step ST51, the replenishment cassette determination unit 172 determines that the corresponding relationship between the mounting location (component supply position number) of the mounted storage cassette 22B and the read component information is the contents of the setup information of the production program 112. It is determined whether or not it matches with
 一致する場合(ステップST46のYes)、ステップST47において、部品補充支援部147は、部品5の補充対象となる部品供給ユニット23のランプ23fを点灯させて作業者に報知する。このように、部品補充支援部147とランプ23fは、格納カセット22Bのキャリアテープ24をセットすべき部品供給ユニット23を作業者に報知する補充対象報知部を構成する。 If they match (Yes in step ST46), in step ST47, the component replenishment support unit 147 lights the lamp 23f of the component supply unit 23 to which the component 5 is to be replenished and notifies the operator. In this manner, the component replenishment support section 147 and the lamp 23f constitute a replenishment target notification section that notifies the operator of the component supply unit 23 in which the carrier tape 24 of the storage cassette 22B should be set.
 ステップST48において、補充許可部173は、部品供給ユニット23のユニット制御部64へキャリアテープ24の搬入の許可信号を送信する。 In step ST48, the replenishment permission section 173 transmits a permission signal for loading the carrier tape 24 to the unit control section 64 of the component supply unit 23.
 ステップST49において、部品補充支援部147は、作業者による部品補充作業が完了したか否かを判定する。部品補充支援部147は、作業完了を確認でき無い場合(ステップST49のNo)、作業者からの作業完了の指示が来るのを待機する。作業者がスイッチ23gを押すことで、部品補充支援部147が作業完了を確認できた場合(ステップST49のYes)、ステップST50において、部品補充指示部103は、他の部品の部品補充作業の有無を判定する。 In step ST49, the parts replenishment support unit 147 determines whether or not the parts replenishment work by the worker has been completed. If the completion of the work cannot be confirmed (No in step ST49), the parts replenishment support unit 147 waits for an instruction to complete the work from the worker. When the worker presses the switch 23g and the parts replenishment support unit 147 can confirm the completion of the work (Yes in step ST49), in step ST50, the parts replenishment instruction unit 103 determines whether or not there is a part replenishment work for other parts. judge.
 他の部品5の補充が有る場合(ステップST50のYes)、再びステップST41からの処理が繰り返される。次の部品5の補充が無い場合(ステップST50のNo)、部品補充作業を終了する。 If there is another part 5 to be replenished (Yes in step ST50), the process from step ST41 is repeated. If there is no replenishment of the next part 5 (No in step ST50), the part replenishment work is terminated.
 また、ステップST46において不一致の場合(ステップST46のNo)、ステップST52で格納カセット22Bの装着場所を確認するように指示するメッセージを携帯型情報端末95に表示する。 Also, if there is no match in step ST46 (No in step ST46), a message is displayed on the portable information terminal 95 to instruct the installation location of the storage cassette 22B to be confirmed in step ST52.
 ステップST53において、補充カセット検出部171は、カセット取り外しを検知した場合(ステップST53のYes)、ステップST50の処理を行う。カセット取り外しを検知できていない場合(ステップST53のNo)、ステップST52の処理を再び行う。 In step ST53, when the supplementary cassette detection unit 171 detects removal of the cassette (Yes in step ST53), the process of step ST50 is performed. If removal of the cassette has not been detected (No in step ST53), the process of step ST52 is performed again.
 図35に示す部品補充支援部147の処理(部品補充作業)のフローチャートは、補充カセット判定部172による格納カセット22Bの判定を、格納カセット22Bの無線タグ28に記憶されている部品情報と受容カセット22Aの無線タグ28に記憶されている部品情報とを比較する場合を想定したものであるが、ステップST46の処理を生産プログラム112のセットアップ情報と比較する方法に統一した場合は以下のように変更される。変更後のフローチャートは、ステップST44、ST45の処理を削除し、ステップST43に続けてステップST51、ステップST46の順で処理を行うように変更する。ステップST51、ステップST46の処理内容は前述した内容と同じである。このように補充カセット判定部172による格納カセット22Bの判定を、生産プログラム112の情報と比較する方法に統一することも可能である。 The flowchart of the processing (parts replenishment work) of the parts replenishment support unit 147 shown in FIG. It is assumed that the part information stored in the wireless tag 28 of 22A is compared, but if the processing of step ST46 is unified to the method of comparing with the setup information of the production program 112, the following changes are made. be done. The flowchart after the change deletes the processing of steps ST44 and ST45, and is changed so that the processing is performed in the order of step ST51 and step ST46 following step ST43. The processing contents of steps ST51 and ST46 are the same as those described above. In this way, it is also possible to unify the determination of the storage cassette 22B by the replenishment cassette determination unit 172 to the method of comparing it with the information of the production program 112 .
 本実施形態の部品搭載装置1は、部品搭載装置1において、部品5を梱包したキャリアテープ24のロール体25を収納する空間41aと少なくともロール体25を空間41aから出し入れ可能な開口41bを有するカセット22であって無線タグ28を設けた受容カセット22A及び格納カセット22Bと、受容カセット22Aのキャリアテープ24を搬送して部品取り出し位置23baに部品5を供給し、キャリアテープ24に続けて格納カセット22Bのキャリアテープ24を搬送して部品取り出し位置23baに部品5を供給する部品供給ユニット23と、部品供給ユニット23を装着するための装着スロット31aと部品供給ユニット23に電気的に接続されるユニットベース側コネクタ30を有する供給ユニット装着部31bを複数設けた供給ユニットベース31と、供給ユニットベース31に装着された複数の部品供給ユニット23の部品取り出し位置23baから部品5をピックアップして基板4に搭載する搭載ヘッド13を有する本体部2と、受容カセット22Aと格納カセット22Bを、それぞれの開口41bを向かい合わせて部品供給ユニット23によるキャリアテープ24の搬送方向(Y方向)に沿って直列、且つ、格納カセット22Bを搬送方向上流側に配置して装着するカセット装着部46aを搬送方向に対して直交する方向に複数並べて設けたカセットベース46と、カセット装着部46aに1対1で対応させて配置され、1つのカセット装着部46aに装着された受容カセット22Aの無線タグと通信するリーダライタ29aと、カセット装着部46aに1対1で対応させて配置され、1つのカセット装着部46aに装着された格納カセット22Bの無線タグ28と通信するリーダライタ29bと、ユニットベース側コネクタ30に接続された部品供給ユニット23と本体部2を制御して搭載ヘッド13による部品搭載作業を制御する本体制御部17を備える。本体制御部17はリーダライタ29aと複数のリーダライタ29bを通じて受容カセット22A及び格納カセット22Bの無線タグ28にアクセスする。 The component mounting apparatus 1 of this embodiment is a cassette having a space 41a for accommodating a roll body 25 of a carrier tape 24 packed with components 5 and an opening 41b through which at least the roll body 25 can be taken in and out from the space 41a. 22, a receiving cassette 22A and a storage cassette 22B provided with a wireless tag 28, and the carrier tape 24 of the receiving cassette 22A are conveyed to supply the component 5 to the component pick-up position 23ba, followed by the carrier tape 24 and the storage cassette 22B. a component supply unit 23 for conveying the carrier tape 24 and supplying the components 5 to the component pick-up position 23ba; a mounting slot 31a for mounting the component supply unit 23; A supply unit base 31 provided with a plurality of supply unit mounting portions 31b having a side connector 30, and a plurality of component supply units 23 mounted on the supply unit base 31 pick up components 5 from component take-out positions 23ba and mount them on a board 4. The main body 2 having the mounting head 13, the receiving cassette 22A, and the storage cassette 22B are arranged in series along the conveying direction (Y direction) of the carrier tape 24 by the component supply unit 23 with their respective openings 41b facing each other, and A cassette base 46 in which a plurality of cassette mounting portions 46a for mounting storage cassettes 22B are arranged and mounted on the upstream side in the conveying direction are arranged in a direction perpendicular to the conveying direction, and arranged in one-to-one correspondence with the cassette mounting portions 46a. A reader/writer 29a that communicates with the wireless tag of the receiving cassette 22A mounted on one cassette mounting portion 46a is arranged in one-to-one correspondence with the cassette mounting portion 46a and mounted on one cassette mounting portion 46a. a reader/writer 29b that communicates with the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B; 17. The body control unit 17 accesses the wireless tags 28 of the receiving cassette 22A and the storage cassette 22B through the reader/writer 29a and a plurality of reader/writers 29b.
 本体制御部17はリーダライタ29aとリーダライタ29bを通じて受容カセット22A及び格納カセット22Bの無線タグ28にアクセスすることで、受容カセット22Aから格納カセット22Bへ移動するロール体25のトレーサビリティを確保することができる。 By accessing the wireless tags 28 of the receiving cassette 22A and the storage cassette 22B through the reader/writer 29a and the reader/writer 29b, the body control unit 17 can ensure the traceability of the roll body 25 moving from the receiving cassette 22A to the storage cassette 22B. can.
 また、本体制御部17は、部品供給ユニット23が格納カセット22Bからキャリアテープ24の搬送を開始するのに連動してリーダライタ29aを通じて受容カセット22Aの無線タグ28に記憶されている情報を更新する。これにより、格納カセット22Bから受容カセット22A内へ移動するロール体25のトレーサビリティを確保することができる。 Further, the main control unit 17 updates the information stored in the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A through the reader/writer 29a in conjunction with the start of the transport of the carrier tape 24 from the storage cassette 22B by the component supply unit 23. . Thereby, the traceability of the roll body 25 moving from the storage cassette 22B into the receiving cassette 22A can be ensured.
 また、本体制御部17は、受容カセット22Aの無線タグ28の情報を更新する場合は、格納カセット22Bの無線タグ28の情報をリーダライタ29bを介して読み取ってコピーする。このようにしても、格納カセット22Bから受容カセット22A内へ移動するロール体25のトレーサビリティを確保することができる。 Also, when updating the information of the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A, the main control unit 17 reads and copies the information of the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B via the reader/writer 29b. Even in this way, the traceability of the roll body 25 moving from the storage cassette 22B to the receiving cassette 22A can be ensured.
 また、本体制御部17は、複数のユニットベース側コネクタ30と複数のリーダライタ29aと複数のリーダライタ29bに個別に割り当てられたポートに基づいて通信先を選択し、1つのユニットベース側コネクタ30のポートに対して1つのリーダライタ29aのポートと1つのリーダライタ29bのポートを関連付けた接続情報152を記憶した記憶部142を有する。これにより、それぞれのリーダライタ29a、29bと通信されるそれぞれの無線タグ28と、それぞれの部品供給ユニット23とを対応づけることができ、本体制御部17は、無線タグ28内の部品情報と対応する部品供給ユニット23が供給すべき部品とを確認することができる。 Further, the main body control section 17 selects a communication destination based on ports individually assigned to the plurality of unit base side connectors 30, the plurality of reader/writers 29a, and the plurality of reader/writers 29b, and selects one unit base side connector 30. has a storage unit 142 that stores connection information 152 that associates one port of the reader/writer 29a and one port of the reader/writer 29b with respect to each port. As a result, each wireless tag 28 communicated with each reader/ writer 29a, 29b can be associated with each component supply unit 23, and the main body control unit 17 can correspond to the component information in the wireless tag 28. The parts to be supplied by the parts supply unit 23 can be confirmed.
 また、本体制御部17は、部品供給ユニット23が格納カセット22Bからキャリアテープ24の搬送を開始した旨の信号を受信すると部品供給ユニット23に関連するリーダライタ29aとリーダライタ29bを接続情報152に基づいて特定し、特定したリーダライタ29bで格納カセット22Bの無線タグ28の情報を読み出し、格納カセット22Bの無線タグ28から読み取った情報を特定されたリーダライタ29aを通じて受容カセット22Aの無線タグ28に書き込む。格納カセット22Bからキャリアテープ24の搬送を開始した旨の信号を受信してから、格納カセット22Bの無線タグ28から読み取った情報を受容カセット22Aの無線タグ28に書き込むので、受容カセット22Aから格納カセット22Bへ移動するタイミングでロール体25の部品情報が更新され、より高精度にトレーサビリティを確保することができる。 Further, when the component supply unit 23 receives a signal indicating that the carrier tape 24 has started to be transported from the storage cassette 22B, the main body control unit 17 connects the reader/writer 29a and the reader/writer 29b associated with the component supply unit 23 to the connection information 152. The information read from the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B is read by the specified reader/writer 29b, and the information read from the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B is sent to the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A through the specified reader/writer 29a. Write. Since the information read from the wireless tag 28 of the storage cassette 22B is written to the wireless tag 28 of the receiving cassette 22A after receiving the signal indicating that the carrier tape 24 has started to be transported from the storage cassette 22B, The part information of the roll body 25 is updated at the timing of moving to 22B, and traceability can be ensured with higher accuracy.
 本開示は、添付図面を参照しながら好ましい実施形態に関連して充分に記載されているが、この技術の熟練した人々にとっては種々の変形や修正は明白である。そのような変形や修正は、添付した特許請求の範囲による本開示の範囲から外れない限りにおいて、その中に含まれると理解されるべきである。また、各実施形態における要素の組合せや順序の変化は、本開示の範囲及び思想を逸脱することなく実現し得るものである。 Although the present disclosure has been fully described in connection with preferred embodiments with reference to the accompanying drawings, various variations and modifications will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Such variations and modifications are to be included therein insofar as they do not depart from the scope of the present disclosure by the appended claims. Also, combinations of elements and changes in order of elements in each embodiment may be implemented without departing from the scope and spirit of the present disclosure.
 上述した実施の形態における部品実装システム91は、段取りステーション94を備えていたがこれに限らず、段取りステーション94を備えない構成でもよい。部品実装システム91が段取りステーション94を備えない場合、段取り作業は、部品搭載装置1のラインを止めた状態で、部品供給部3が部品搭載装置1の本体部2に接続された状態で段取り作業を行ってもよい。 Although the component mounting system 91 in the above-described embodiment includes the setup station 94, the configuration is not limited to this, and the configuration without the setup station 94 is also possible. If the component mounting system 91 does not have the setup station 94, the setup work is performed in a state where the line of the component mounting device 1 is stopped and the component supply unit 3 is connected to the main unit 2 of the component mounting device 1. may be performed.
 なお、前記様々な実施形態及び変形例のうちの任意の実施形態あるいは変形例を適宜組み合わせることにより、それぞれの有する効果を奏するようにすることができる。 By appropriately combining any of the various embodiments and modifications described above, the respective effects can be achieved.
 本開示に係る部品搭載装置は、部品を収納するキャリアテープがロール状に巻かれたロール体を用いて部品を供給する部品搭載装置に適用可能である。 A component mounting apparatus according to the present disclosure can be applied to a component mounting apparatus that supplies components using a roll body in which a carrier tape containing components is wound into a roll.
   1   部品搭載装置
   2   本体部
   3   部品供給部
   4   基板
   5   部品
  11   基台
  11a  台車保持部
  12   基板搬送部
  13   搭載ヘッド
  13a  ノズル
  14   ヘッド移動機構
  15   モニタ
  16   操作部
  17   本体制御部
  20   フロア
  21   台車
  21a  コネクタ
  22   テープカセット
  22A  受容カセット
  22B  格納カセット
  23   部品供給ユニット
  23a  テープ入口
  23b  部品供給口
  23ba 部品取り出し位置
  23c  排出口
  23d  本体
  23e  スライド突起
  23f  ランプ
  23g  スイッチ
  24   キャリアテープ
  24a  カレントテープ
  24b  ネクストテープ
  25   ロール体
  26a  回転軸
  27   リール
  27a  コード
  28   無線タグ
  29   無線通信部
  29a、29b リーダライタ
  30   ユニットベース側コネクタ
  31   供給ユニットベース
  31a  装着スロット
  31b  供給ユニット装着部
  32   台車ベース
  32a  支柱
  33   カセット載置台
  33a  格納カセット保持ピン
  33b  カセット保持ピン列
  33c  受容カセット保持ピン
  34   下側ブラケット
  35   下側支持バー
  36   上側ブラケット
  37   上側支持バー
  38   受容カセット装着部
  39   格納カセット装着部
  40   中継基板
  41   格納部
  41a  空間
  41b  開口
  42   シャッタ
  43   フレーム
  43b  ピン挿入部
  43c  シャッタ案内部 43g
  44   側板
  46   カセットベース
  46a  カセット装着部
  51   ベーステープ
  52   トップテープ
  52a  延出部
  53   ポケット
  54   送り孔
  60   テープ搬送路
  60a  底面
  60b  上面
  60c  開口
  61   テープ搬送部
  61a  第1搬送スプロケット
  61b  第2搬送スプロケット
  61c  第3搬送スプロケット
  61d  駆動部
  62   テープ搬入部
  62a  搬入スプロケット
  62aa ピン
  62b  テープ支持部
  62ba 第1支持部
  62bb 第2支持部
  62bcL 左カバー
  62bcR 右カバー
  62bd 可動部材
  62c  駆動部
  63   シャッターユニット
  63a  テープ検出機構
  63b  ゲートユニット
  64   ユニット制御部
  65   ユニット側コネクタ
  66   露出部
  71   テープ検出片
  71a  板状部
  71b  接触部
  71c  遮光部
  71d  支点
  72   ピン
  74   ゲート
  74a  凹部
  75   圧縮ばね
  76   ロック部材
  77   レバー
  77a  支点
  78   アクチュエータ
  79   戻しばね
  81、82 ローラ
  83   開口部
  84   エアーノズル
  86   操作レバー
  91   部品実装システム
  92   管理装置
  93   カセット準備ステーション
  94   段取りステーション
  95   携帯型情報端末
  96   ネットワーク
  97   段取り支援装置
  98   部品補充作業支援装置
 101   カセット管理部
 102   生産実績収集部
 103   部品補充指示部
 104   トレース情報集約部
 105   記憶部
 111   カセット管理情報
 112   生産プログラム
 113   生産実績
 114   トレース情報
 121   コード読み取り部
 122   リーダライタ
 131   ドッキング部
 132   コネクタ
 133   モニタ
 134   操作部
 135   コード読み取り部
 136   処理部
 137   段取り部
 138   記憶部
 141   処理部
 142   記憶部
 143   動作制御部
 144   部品切れ判定部
 145   情報更新部
 146   供給ユニット状態検出部
 147   部品補充支援部
 148   トレース情報作成部
 151   生産プログラム
 152   接続情報
 153   個別トレース情報
 161   カセット検出部
 162   カセット判定部
 163   ユニット報知部
 164   許可部
 165   情報更新部
 171   補充カセット検出部
 172   補充カセット判定部
 173   補充許可部
 PH1   第1センサ
 PH2   第2センサ
 PH3   第3センサ
  AR   領域
REFERENCE SIGNS LIST 1 component mounting device 2 main unit 3 component supply unit 4 substrate 5 component 11 base 11a carriage holding unit 12 substrate transfer unit 13 mounting head 13a nozzle 14 head moving mechanism 15 monitor 16 operation unit 17 main body control unit 20 floor 21 carriage 21a connector 22 tape cassette 22A receiving cassette 22B storage cassette 23 component supply unit 23a tape entrance 23b component supply port 23ba component extraction position 23c discharge port 23d main body 23e slide protrusion 23f lamp 23g switch 24 carrier tape 24a current tape 24b next tape 25 roll body 26a rotation Shaft 27 Reel 27a Cord 28 Wireless tag 29 Wireless communication unit 29a, 29b Reader/writer 30 Unit base side connector 31 Supply unit base 31a Mounting slot 31b Supply unit mounting unit 32 Carriage base 32a Post 33 Cassette mounting base 33a Storage cassette holding pin 33b Cassette Holding pin row 33c Receiving cassette holding pin 34 Lower bracket 35 Lower supporting bar 36 Upper bracket 37 Upper supporting bar 38 Receiving cassette mounting part 39 Storage cassette mounting part 40 Relay board 41 Storage part 41a Space 41b Opening 42 Shutter 43 Frame 43b Pin Insert portion 43c Shutter guide portion 43g
44 Side plate 46 Cassette base 46a Cassette mounting part 51 Base tape 52 Top tape 52a Extension part 53 Pocket 54 Feed hole 60 Tape transport path 60a Bottom surface 60b Top surface 60c Opening 61 Tape transport part 61a First transport sprocket 61b Second transport sprocket 61c 3 transport sprocket 61d drive unit 62 tape loading unit 62a loading sprocket 62aa pin 62b tape support unit 62ba first support unit 62bb second support unit 62bcL left cover 62bcR right cover 62bd movable member 62c drive unit 63 shutter unit 63a tape detection mechanism 63b gate Unit 64 Unit control section 65 Unit-side connector 66 Exposed section 71 Tape detection piece 71a Plate-shaped section 71b Contact section 71c Light blocking section 71d Fulcrum 72 Pin 74 Gate 74a Recess 75 Compression spring 76 Lock member 77 Lever 77a Fulcrum 78 Actuator 79 Return spring 81 , 82 Roller 83 Opening 84 Air nozzle 86 Operation lever 91 Parts mounting system 92 Management device 93 Cassette preparation station 94 Setup station 95 Portable information terminal 96 Network 97 Setup support device 98 Parts replenishment work support device 101 Cassette management unit 102 Production results Collection unit 103 Parts replenishment instruction unit 104 Trace information aggregation unit 105 Storage unit 111 Cassette management information 112 Production program 113 Production results 114 Trace information 121 Code reading unit 122 Reader/writer 131 Docking unit 132 Connector 133 Monitor 134 Operation unit 135 Code reading unit 136 Processing unit 137 Setup unit 138 Storage unit 141 Processing unit 142 Storage unit 143 Operation control unit 144 Parts depletion determination unit 145 Information update unit 146 Supply unit state detection unit 147 Parts replenishment support unit 148 Trace information creation unit 151 Production program 152 Connection information 153 Individual trace information 161 Cassette detection unit 162 Cassette determination unit 163 Unit notification unit 164 Permission unit 165 Information update unit 171 Replenishment cassette detection unit 172 Replenishment cassette determination unit 173 Replenishment permission unit PH1 First sensor PH2 Second sensor PH3 Third sensor AR area

Claims (5)

  1.  部品を梱包したキャリアテープのロール体を収納する空間と少なくとも前記ロール体を前記空間から出し入れ可能な開口を有するカセットであって無線タグを設けた第1のカセット及び第2のカセットと、
     前記第1のカセットのキャリアテープを搬送して部品取り出し位置に部品を供給し、前記キャリアテープに続けて前記第2のカセットのキャリアテープを搬送して前記部品取り出し位置に部品を供給する部品供給ユニットと、
     部品供給ユニットを装着するための装着スロットと部品供給ユニットに電気的に接続されるコネクタを有する供給ユニット装着部を複数設けた供給ユニットベースと、
     前記供給ユニットベースに装着された複数の部品供給ユニットの前記部品取り出し位置から部品をピックアップして基板に搭載する搭載ヘッドを有する部品搭載部と、
     前記第1のカセットと前記第2のカセットを、それぞれの前記開口を向かい合わせて前記部品供給ユニットによるキャリアテープの搬送方向に沿って直列、且つ、前記第2のカセットを前記搬送方向上流側に配置して装着するカセット装着部を前記搬送方向に対して直交する方向に複数並べて設けたカセットベースと、
     前記カセット装着部に1対1で対応させて配置され、1つのカセット装着部に装着された第1のカセットの無線タグと通信する第1の無線通信部と、
     前記カセット装着部に1対1で対応させて配置され、1つのカセット装着部に装着された第2のカセットの無線タグと通信する第2の無線通信部と、
     前記コネクタに接続された部品供給ユニットと前記部品搭載部を制御して前記搭載ヘッドによる部品搭載作業を制御する制御部を備え、
     前記制御部は前記第1の無線通信部と複数の前記第2の無線通信部を通じて前記第1のカセット及び前記第2のカセットの無線タグにアクセスする、
     部品搭載装置。
    a first cassette and a second cassette, which are cassettes having a space for storing a roll body of carrier tape packed with components and an opening through which at least the roll body can be taken in and out from the space and provided with a wireless tag;
    The carrier tape of the first cassette is conveyed to supply the components to the component picking position, and the carrier tape of the second cassette is conveyed following the carrier tape to supply the components to the component picking position. a unit;
    a supply unit base provided with a plurality of supply unit mounting portions having mounting slots for mounting the component supply units and connectors electrically connected to the component supply units;
    a component mounting unit having a mounting head for picking up components from the component picking positions of the plurality of component supply units mounted on the supply unit base and mounting the components on a substrate;
    The first cassette and the second cassette are arranged in series along the conveying direction of the carrier tape by the component supply unit with the respective openings facing each other, and the second cassette is arranged upstream in the conveying direction. a cassette base in which a plurality of cassette mounting portions to be arranged and mounted are arranged side by side in a direction orthogonal to the conveying direction;
    a first wireless communication unit arranged in one-to-one correspondence with the cassette mounting portion and communicating with the wireless tag of the first cassette mounted in one cassette mounting portion;
    a second wireless communication unit arranged in one-to-one correspondence with the cassette mounting portion and communicating with the wireless tag of the second cassette mounted in one cassette mounting portion;
    a control unit that controls a component supply unit connected to the connector and the component mounting unit to control a component mounting operation by the mounting head;
    the control unit accesses the wireless tags of the first cassette and the second cassette through the first wireless communication unit and the plurality of second wireless communication units;
    Parts mounting device.
  2.  前記制御部は、前記部品供給ユニットが前記第2のカセットからキャリアテープの搬送を開始するのに連動して前記第1の無線通信部を通じて前記第1のカセットの無線タグに記憶されている情報を更新する、
     請求項1に記載の部品搭載装置。
    The control unit controls information stored in the wireless tag of the first cassette through the first wireless communication unit in conjunction with the start of transport of the carrier tape from the second cassette by the component supply unit. to update the
    The component mounting apparatus according to claim 1.
  3.  前記制御部は、前記第1のカセットの無線タグの情報を更新する場合は、前記第2のカセットの無線タグの情報を前記第2の無線通信部を介して読み取ってコピーする、
     請求項2に記載の部品搭載装置。
    When updating the information of the wireless tag of the first cassette, the control unit reads and copies the information of the wireless tag of the second cassette via the second wireless communication unit.
    The component mounting apparatus according to claim 2.
  4.  前記制御部は、複数の前記コネクタと複数の前記第1の無線通信部と複数の前記第2の無線通信部に個別に割り当てられた接続情報に基づいて通信先を選択し、1つのコネクタの接続情報に対して1つの第1の無線通信部の接続情報と1つの第2の無線通信部の接続情報を関連付けた接続情報を記憶した記憶部を有する、
     請求項1に記載の部品搭載装置。
    The control unit selects communication destinations based on connection information individually assigned to the plurality of connectors, the plurality of first wireless communication units, and the plurality of second wireless communication units, and selects communication destinations for one connector. a storage unit that stores connection information in which connection information of one first wireless communication unit and connection information of one second wireless communication unit are associated with the connection information;
    The component mounting apparatus according to claim 1.
  5.  前記制御部は、前記部品供給ユニットが前記第2のカセットからキャリアテープの搬送を開始した旨の信号を受信すると前記部品供給ユニットに関連する第1の無線通信部と第2の無線通信部を前記接続情報に基づいて特定し、特定した第2の無線通信部で前記第2のカセットの無線タグの情報を読み出し、前記第2のカセットの無線タグから読み取った情報を特定された第1の無線通信部を通じて前記第1のカセットの無線タグに書き込む、
     請求項4に記載の部品搭載装置。
    When the component supply unit receives a signal indicating that the carrier tape has started to be transported from the second cassette, the control unit activates the first wireless communication unit and the second wireless communication unit associated with the component supply unit. It is specified based on the connection information, the specified second wireless communication unit reads the information of the wireless tag of the second cassette, and the specified first wireless communication unit reads the information read from the wireless tag of the second cassette. writing to the wireless tag of the first cassette through the wireless communication unit;
    The component mounting apparatus according to claim 4.
PCT/JP2022/045467 2021-12-10 2022-12-09 Component-mounting device WO2023106403A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023566387A JPWO2023106403A1 (en) 2021-12-10 2022-12-09
CN202280056724.0A CN117837284A (en) 2021-12-10 2022-12-09 Component mounting device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-200912 2021-12-10
JP2021200912 2021-12-10

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023106403A1 true WO2023106403A1 (en) 2023-06-15

Family

ID=86730522

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/045467 WO2023106403A1 (en) 2021-12-10 2022-12-09 Component-mounting device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2023106403A1 (en)
CN (1) CN117837284A (en)
WO (1) WO2023106403A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004047858A (en) * 2002-07-15 2004-02-12 Yamaha Motor Co Ltd Component packaging device
JP2010251774A (en) * 2010-06-04 2010-11-04 Fujitsu Ltd Work support system in component mounting apparatus, component-array recognizing method, and cassette-array recognizing method
WO2021181759A1 (en) * 2020-03-12 2021-09-16 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Holding device and component mounting system

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004047858A (en) * 2002-07-15 2004-02-12 Yamaha Motor Co Ltd Component packaging device
JP2010251774A (en) * 2010-06-04 2010-11-04 Fujitsu Ltd Work support system in component mounting apparatus, component-array recognizing method, and cassette-array recognizing method
WO2021181759A1 (en) * 2020-03-12 2021-09-16 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Holding device and component mounting system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2023106403A1 (en) 2023-06-15
CN117837284A (en) 2024-04-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6737775B2 (en) Feeder management equipment
US10405469B2 (en) Component supplying device and component supplying method
JP6762097B2 (en) Feeder automatic exchange system
JP6524416B2 (en) Component supply method and component mounting system
US11019760B2 (en) Feeder management method and feeder management device
WO2006126465A1 (en) Electronic components carrier tape package and electronic components feeding apparatus
CN106922113B (en) Component supply device and component supply method
JP6870070B2 (en) Component mounting line management system
JP6694767B2 (en) Splicing unit and electronic component supply system
WO2023106403A1 (en) Component-mounting device
WO2023106399A1 (en) Component mounting device and component mounting method
WO2023106402A1 (en) Component replenishing work assistance device and component mounting device
WO2023106401A1 (en) Preparatory work assistance device and preparatory work assistance method
JP2004335951A (en) Component feeder, its control method and component packaging device
JP6613455B2 (en) Component supply system and component supply method
CN113395891A (en) Component mounting device and component supply device
WO2018087848A1 (en) Component verification system
JP6783371B2 (en) Feeder management device
JP7270126B2 (en) Component mounting system and component mounting method
JP6528130B2 (en) Parts supply apparatus and parts supply method
JP6979992B2 (en) Cassette type feeder replacement system for component mounting machines
JPWO2018083752A1 (en) Parts supply system
CN116491238A (en) Component mounting system, component replenishment method, and replenishment component conveyance device
WO2024048046A1 (en) Parts mounting system and parts replenishment method
JP2007299868A (en) Component supply device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22904330

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023566387

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202280056724.0

Country of ref document: CN